MVB Financial Corp
Annual Report 2020

Download report
Get a demo

More annual reports from MVB Financial Corp:

2023 Report
2022 Report
2021 Report
2020 Report
2019 Report

Peers and competitors of MVB Financial Corp:

Hanmi Financial
Suncrest Bank
Sierra Bancorp
Franklin Financial Services Corporation
Northrim Bancorp Inc.

Plain-text annual report

ADAPTIVE ANNUAL REPORT 2020 CONTENTS MVB Financial Corp., 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 17 18 19 Our Purpose and Our How Trust Commitment Respect, Love, Caring Teamwork Adaptive Who We Are Strong Financial Performance Chairman and Directors COVID-19 Response A Message From Our CEO Significant Transactions 2020 Successes Shareholder and Contact Info Form 10-K the holding company of MVB Bank, Inc., is an innovative financial holding company providing banking services to individuals and corporate clients in the Mid-Atlantic region, as well as Payment and Fintech Deposit clients throughout the United States. MVB Financial is publicly traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market® under the ticker “MVBF.” MVB Bank’s subsidiaries are MVB Technology, MVB Community Development Corporation, Chartwell Compliance and Paladin Fraud. MVB has been rated 5-stars for 40 consecutive quarters by BauerFinancial. DepositAccounts.com, the largest and most comprehensive online publication in the U.S. covering every federally insured bank and credit union, has rated MVB as an A+. ADAPTIVE At MVB, our culture is part of our corporate DNA, defining the environment in which our Team Members thrive. Our culture impacts a wide range of elements, including our Purpose, Core Values, behaviors and priorities that support growth and engagement. We think bigger, and we do bigger! Our Purpose TRUSTED PARTNERS ON THE FINANCIAL FRONTIER, COMMITTED TO YOUR SUCCESS You deserve more than a bank. You deserve a trusted partner on the financial frontier, committed to your success. That’s who we are. At our core, we power your potential. We strive to unlock the potential within our shareholders, clients, Team MVB and communities. Your success is our success. Together, we thrive. Our How With our biggest goal in mind – to positively impact the financial lives of one billion people – and enabled by our culture, MVB has identified a series of actions that keep our flywheel spinning and drive your success. Each action feeds into the next, creating momentum that accelerates results in growth and scale. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 1 TRUST Our highest priority remains the health and safety of each MVB Team Member. Thanks to our forward-thinking IT Team, we were prepared for our Team Members to work remotely when the pandemic struck. About 85% of Team MVB made the move to work efficiently and successfully from home. This transition took a high level of trust to execute and to maintain over the past year. Today, internal surveys show most Team Members say their quality of life has actually improved with working remotely. Working from home has proven to be effective for Team MVB, as we were able to make the transition and execute on strategic initiatives and goals in the new environment. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 2 COMMITMENT At the beginning of the pandemic, our Team Members reached out to 100% of our Commercial clients, not only to check on their wellbeing and their families, but also to ask how we could help with their businesses, employees and customers. Team MVB stepped up in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic to aid our valued clients in applying for Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans through the SBA and U.S. Treasury. By providing excellent service, including working 24 hours a day to meet application deadlines on behalf of our clients, Team MVB assisted with 455 total PPP loans with $89.76 million in total lending, supporting more than 30,000 jobs. Team MVB exhibited a “yes, if” mindset and made a tremendous impact in the lives of those in our communities, illustrating what it means to truly show commitment. The MVB Board of Directors recognized Herman DeProspero (pictured here), Christopher Turley, Ryan Oliver, JoAnne Warco, Anthony Vasquez, all Lenders, Processors, Credit and the entire Banking Center Team for living our Core Values. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 3 RESPECT, LOVE, CARING Throughout the pandemic, CEO Larry F. Mazza sent every single MVB Team Member encouraging notes and small tokens of gratitude to their homes, which also helped support our local, small businesses. For example, he sent every Team Member live flowers with a personal note. Many Team Members responded about how much that meant to them. “I just received the most beautiful arrangement of flowers and card. I am truly humbled to be working for such an amazing company and more importantly the amazing people that I get to work with and for every day. I have had multiple discussions with my Team over the past couple of weeks, and we all realize how fortunate we are to have the ability and flexibility to work remotely and continue to work every day when there are so many other companies that do not have that luxury. This was totally unexpected but greatly appreciated. Thank you so much for everything that you do!” - Kimberly J. Ice, AVP, Treasury Operations Manager MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 4 TEAMWORK With one week to prepare, Team MVB stepped up in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic to successfully execute the FDIC-assisted deal to acquire The First State Bank of Barboursville on April 3, 2020. Team Members exceeded expectations, taking on critical roles with a “yes, if” attitude, giving up personal time, and in some cases traveling, to ensure a smooth transition. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 5 ADAPTIVE In 2020, MVB’s Fintech vertical expanded with investment in talent acquisition and significant growth in noninterest-bearing deposits. With top clients in the Online Gaming industry, MVB is poised to capture leading-edge opportunities in the Gaming space. Our early experience and top performing client base in this arena have generated significant referrals. We made progress in the fourth quarter of 2020 to solidify MVB’s presence, building compliant products and services to meet the regulatory rigor required in these industries. Our CoRe Banking vertical also expanded in 2020 with investment in talent in SBA Lending, as well as growth in Goverment Lending and Title and Specialty Deposits. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 6 Who We Are MVB FINANCIAL CORP. MVB Financial Corp. is an innovative financial holding company providing banking services to individuals and corporate clients in the Mid-Atlantic region, as well as Payment and Fintech Deposit clients throughout the United States. MVB Financial, the holding company of MVB Bank, is publicly traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market® under the ticker “MVBF.” For more information about MVB, visit ir.mvbbanking.com. Headquartered in Fairmont, West Virginia, MVB Bank and the Bank’s subsidiaries, MVB Technology, MVB Community Development Corporation, Chartwell Compliance and Paladin Fraud, provide financial services to individuals and corporate clients in the Mid-Atlantic region and beyond. MVB Bank has two main verticals, Fintech and CoRe Banking. The combination of Commercial and Retail, CoRe Banking includes loans, deposits and non-interest income, as well as deposits, interchange and fee income and small business loans. The MVB Bank CoRe Banking footprint encompasses 13 total locations, 10 in West Virginia and three in Northern Virginia. MVB Fintech Treasury & Deposit Services has a Sales Team based in Salt Lake City, Utah, and clients from coast to coast. For more information about MVB Bank, visit www.mvbbanking.com. MVB TECHNOLOGY MVB Technology is the company that holds the technology purchased from Invest Forward dba GRAND and will be our entity for future growth and acquisition opportunities. MVB COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CORP. The MVB Community Development Corporation, a subsidiary of MVB Bank, Inc., is committed to the mission of transforming low-income communities, creating economic opportunities for low- income persons and financing qualified businesses through the provision of capital investments and lending in a manner that provides a vital impact on the lives of individuals and their communities. For more information about MVB Community Development Corp., visit https://mvbbanking.com/mvbs-community-development-corporation/. Chartwell Compliance, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MVB Bank, Inc., is one of the world’s leading specialist firms in state and federal compliance and market entry facilitation for firms entering into or expanding in North America, serving many of the most high-profile providers of the Fintech industry. For more information about Chartwell Compliance, visit www.chartwellcompliance.com. Founded by a group of insider industry experts who knew what fraud prevention can and should be, Paladin Fraud offers an extensive and customizable suite of services for merchants, credit agencies, Fintechs and vendors. Paladin strategizes for the long game, helping clients and partners defend against today’s threats—and tomorrow’s. Paladin places special focus on education and training, arming these types of organizations with the insight they need to stay on top. Paladin joined the MVB family through its acquisition by a wholly-owned subsidiary of MVB Bank. For more information about Paladin, visit http://paladinfraud.com/. MVB Financial Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary MVB Bank, Inc. announced on July 1, 2020, that the Bank’s subsidiary Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc. (dba MVB Mortgage) completed a combination with Intercoastal Mortgage Company, a Van Metre Company. MVB Mortgage and ICMC are now one of the largest independently owned residential mortgage lending operations in the Mid-Atlantic region: Intercoastal Mortgage, LLC. MVB Bank is affiliated with MVB Mortgage, offering a broad line of residential mortgage loan products. MVB Mortgage is a licensed trade name of Intercoastal Mortgage, LLC. For more information, visit https://icmtg.com/. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 7 Performance Numbers 28 NUMBER OF STATES WHERE MVB TEAM MEMBERS ARE LOCATED 22 NUMBER OF GAMING CLIENTS STRONG FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE Year Ended December 31, 2020 $533.0M TOTAL FINTECH RELATED DEPOSITS 254.8% INCREASE* *Year Over Year $357.9M GAMING DEPOSITS, INCLUDED IN TOTAL FINTECH DEPOSITS 197.5% INCREASE* Top Banks in the U.S. by Deposit Accounts Rank Financial Institution Bank of America Well Fargo Bank Chase Bank US Bank TD Bank Navy Federal Credit Union Citi® Capital One PNC Bank Truist USAA Bank Regions Bank Fifth Third Bank (OH) Discover Bank Customer Accounts 118,052,260 67,495,280 63,038,730 36,881,647 21,414,397 21,151,581 20,510,153 18,758,584 18,606,251 14,252,216 12,122,989 6,809,559 6,425,610 5,963,081 State Employees’ Credit Union (NC) 5,101,824 Citizens Bank (RI) Huntington National Bank Ally Bank Optum bank, Inc. KeyBank MVB Bank M&T Bank BBVA Santander bank, N.A. PenFed Credit Union 5,054,446 5,006,457 4,478,892 4,344,778 4,216,189 3,821,731 3,648,604 3,500,726 3,157,201 3,021,141 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 38.6% in cre a s e 157.0% in cre a s e 29.8% in cre a s e NET INCOME 2020 $3.13 basic & $3.06 diluted earnings per share $37.4M 2019 $2.26 basic & $2.20 diluted earnings per share $27.0M NIB DEPOSITS $715.8M 2020 NIB deposits were 36.1% of total deposits 2019 $278.5M NIB deposits were 22.0% of total deposits TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE 2020 $19.73 2019 $15.20 ASSET QUALITY Net charge-offs to total loans: 2020 = 0.15% 2019 = 0.07% Allowance for loan losses to total loans (with PPP loans): 2020 = 1.78% 2019 = 0.86% Allowance for loan losses to total loans (without PPP loans): 2020 = 1.88% 2019 = 0.86% Source: https://www.depositaccounts.com/banks/assets aspx?instType=&stateType=h- q&state=&sort=totalaccounts (Data is sourced from the most recently published FDIC and NCUA quarterly reports.) MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 8 FROM THE CHAIRMAN “During the challenge of a global pandemic, MVB had the most successful year in its history. Driven by a shared Purpose and Core Values, Team MVB adapted to the changing environment and executed on multiple strategic initiatives to the benefit of our shareholders, communities and clients.” “ -- Chairman David B. Alvarez MVB BOARD OF DIRECTORS DDaavviidd BB.. AAllvvaarreezz Year Appointed: 2013 Chairman of the Board President, Energy Transportation and Applied Construction Solutions Committees: Loan Approval, MVB CDC Board, MVB Insurance Board (Chair), & PMG Board C WW.. MMaarrssttoonn ““MMaarrttyy”” BBeecckkeerr Year Appointed: 2020 Former Chairman of the Board of QBE Insurance Group Committees: Finance, HR & Compensation, & Nominating & Corporate Governance I LLaarrrryy FF.. MMaazzzzaa Year Appointed: 2005 President & CEO, MVB & MVB Bank Committees: ALCO, Loan Approval, Loan Review, Paladin Fraud Board, Chartwell Compliance Board, MVB CDC Board, MVB CDPI Board, MVB Insurance Board, & PMG Board N DDrr.. KKeellllyy RR.. NNeellssoonn Year Appointed: 2005 Physician Committees: Nominating & Corporate Governance (Chair), HR & Compensation, Risk & Compliance (Chair), Loan Approval, Paladin Fraud Board, & Chartwell Compliance Board I JJoohhnn WW.. EEbbeerrtt Year Appointed: 2013 President, J. W. Ebert Corporation Committees: Audit, Finance (Chair), Nominating & Corporate Governance, & MVB CDC Board I JJ.. CChhrriissttoopphheerr PPaalllloottttaa Year Appointed: 1999 Director & CEO, Bond Insurance Agency, Inc. Committees: Audit, ALCO (Chair), Loan Approval (Chair), Loan Review (Chair), & Chartwell Compliance Board I DDaanniieell WW.. HHoolltt Year Appointed: 2017 Co-Founder & CEO, BillGO Committees: Nominating & Corporate Governance, Risk & Compliance, & Paladin Fraud Board I I AAnnnnaa JJ.. SSaaiinnssbbuurryy Year Appointed: 2020 Chairman and Founder at GeoGuard and GeoComply Committees: HR & Compensation, Nominating & Corporate Governance, Risk & Compliance, & Paladin Fraud Board GGaarryy AA.. LLeeDDoonnnnee Year Appointed: 2016 Executive in Residence at the John Chambers College of Business & Economics at WVU Committees: Audit Finance, HR & Compensation (Chair), ALCO, MVB CDC Board (Chair), & MVB CDPI Board (Chair), Loan Review, PMG Board (Chair) I CChheerryyll DD.. SSppiieellmmaann Year Appointed: 2019 Retired Partner, Ernst & Young Committees: Audit (Chair), Finance, Risk & Compliance, & Chartwell Compliance Board I CC Independent Chairman NN Non-Independent Director II Independent Director MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 9 MVB COVID-19 RESPONSE Living by Our Core Values At MVB, we think differently. We leaned into the uncertainty of the COVID-19 environment and safely leveraged our Core Value of being Adaptive so that when the world returns to its new normal, we will be positioned even stronger than when 2020 began. Team MVB put our Purpose and Core Values into action at the forefront of everything we did. We are grateful for our CoRe Banking Team Members who have kept our drive-thrus and banking centers open by appointment for clients throughout the pandemic. Pictured here are Team Members from our Bridgeport, WV, banking center. One way to thank our banking center Teams for their service was providing lunch each day from local restaurants. 2020 COVID Relief Impact . 1 $40,000 to 20 agencies across 8 counties Partner Impact: • 17,907 meals distributed • 2,532 households received food boxes • 521 households received rent or utility assistance • 544 students impacted • 6 mobile hotspots for students in remote areas of Marion County, WV • 5,000 masks distributed • 35 gallons of hand sanitizer distributed The time and effort that MVB has invested in its Culture Initiative provided a solid foundation to face the unprecedented challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. This effort has ensured that Team Members remain mentally focused and highly productive, even in a difficult environment. MVB has thrived since March 11, 2020, when more than 85% of our Team Members across 28 states migrated to working remotely. Our Information Technology Team worked diligently to position MVB so that it could seamlessly support a remote workforce. As we continued to expand our footprint, acquiring new organizations across the United States, the IT Team implemented technologies to support this growth.   Exercising our Core Values, the Executive Leadership Team made keeping our Team Members safe their top priority. Prior to the shift to remote status, a Pandemic Response Team was assembled and continues to meet daily to monitor Team Member Travel and Illness Concerns/Reports as well as the ever- changing COVID-19 landscape. The Team has also generated procedures for Team Members, vendors, visitors and clients and has provided signage and materials to our MVB locations (i.e., washable masks, disposable masks, hand sanitizer, hand sanitizer stations, disinfectant, thermometers, glass shields). The Team enhanced the cleaning standards and frequency at all MVB locations to ensure optimal safety for those Team Members who continue working on site. Team MVB experienced no layoffs or salary reductions related to the pandemic; the organization has increased headcount over the past year. Leadership continues to adapt with the changing environment and show flexibility for Team Members who manage virtual school for their children or need other accommodations. Other existing programs such as the Team Member Emergency Fund and the Vacation Donation Program are available to assist Team Members with significant personal issues. Team MVB has provided support for our clients’ financial needs throughout the pandemic. We have maintained critical access to banking services for our clients. Our banking center lobbies remained open by appointment throughout 2020. We continued to serve our clients through our drive-thrus, ATMs, ITMs, Digital Banking, our MVB Mobile App and Telephone Banking. Several years ago, MVB implemented ITMs, which helped with client access and reduced banking center openings. We were able to service our clients in a safe and contact free manner. In the first week of April 2020, we implemented an interest payment deferment program for our consumer and commercial clients being impacted by COVID-19, educated our front line Team on how to handle inquiries, and we made a request form available on our website. Team MVB also has supported our communities. While MVB currently gives hundreds of thousands of dollars in contributions and sponsorships for our communities, additional funding was allocated to try to help our neighbors. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 10 A MESSAGE FROM OUR CEO Being adaptive has become part of our corporate DNA. In 2019, MVB truly transformed from a traditional bank to an independent, creative-thinking financial holding company with a strong banking core to power our potential for the future. In 2020, MVB leaned into the challenge of the pandemic to make the year the most successful of our history with record earnings. Adaptive There is a quote about nature attributed to Charles Darwin: “It’s not the strongest of the species that survives, nor the most intelligent; it is the one most adaptable to change.” When MVB selected being Adaptive as one of our Core Values in 2018, we did not anticipate how critical that mindset would be just two years later. That foundation gave Team MVB the ability to think differently and embrace the uncertainty of our new COVID-19 environment in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, MVB reported net income of $37.4 million, or $3.13 basic and $3.06 diluted earnings per share. In unprecedented times, MVB Larry F. Mazza thrived. We completed multiple strategic transactions, created growth in tangible book value and shareholder value and onboarded a number of new highly talented and experienced Team Members. I could not be more grateful to Team MVB for what we accomplished in 2020. I am thankful for our Executive Leadership Team who proactively rose to the challenge of the pandemic and put the health and safety of our Team Members first in our decisions. I am thankful for Team MVB, many of whom transitioned to working from home for the first time, for their continued commitment to our clients and communities. I am thankful for Team Members on our front lines who have kept our banking centers open. I am thankful for your continued support as shareholders. Total Assets Net Income 1 3 % C A G R $1,751 $1,944 $1,534 $1,419 s d n a s u o h t n i $2,400 $2,200 $2,000 $1,800 $1,600 $1,400 $1,200 $1,000 $2,331 $40,000 $35,000 s d n a s u o h t n i $30,000 $25,000 $20,000 $15,000 $10,000 $5,000 $37,411 2 4 % C A G R $26,991 $12,912 $12,003 $7,575 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 11 Cash Dividends Per Share $0.36 3 5 % C A G R 8 5 % In cre ase $0.195 $0.08 $0.10 $0.11 Consistent, Top Tier Asset Quality Through Cycles 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Non-Performing Loans / Total Loans ALLL / Total Loans (Excluding PPP) Book Value & Tangible Book Value 3.21% 3.43% 3.26% 2.47% 2.29% 0.00% 0.74% 0.88% 0.77% 0.14% 1.16% 0.99% 1.68% 1.65% 1.46% 1.17% 1.06% 0.87% 0.94% 0.88% 0.59% 0.54% 0.37% 0.64% 2.30% 1.80% 1.30% 0.80% 0.30% 1.80% 1.74% 1.66% 1.53% 1.30% 1.49% 1.34% 1.26% 1.88% 1.16% 1.09% 1.04% 0.98% 1.43% 0.92% 0.96% 0.84% 0.81% 0.91% 0.79% 0.78% 0.78% 0.86% 0.89% 0.84% 0.86% 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 MVBF Regional Peers MVBF Regional Peers Regional peers defined as public institutions headquartered in West Virginia, Maryland, Virginia, and the Washington D.C. MSA with assets between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. $22 $19 $16 $13 $10 1 6 % C A G R 1 2 % C A G R T B V : B V : $12.93 $13.63 $11.01 $11.80 $14.55 $12.92 $20.14 $19.73 $17.13 $15.20 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Book Value Tangible Book Value NCOs / Average Loans 1.00% 0.66% 0.81% 0.76% 0.59% 0.33% 0.25% 0.18% 0.33% 0.35% 0.42% 0.32% 0.19% 0.24% 0.21% 0.13% 0.12% 0.14% 0.25% 0.17% 0.22% 0.07% 0.12% 0.11% 0.10% 0.07% 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 “Excellent historical asset quality…NPAs are a sterling 34 bps of assets. Non-performers have been below peers for several years Enhancing Shareholder Value with quite impressive performance through the Great Recession.” “defensively offensive” at a time when most banks were - Nicholas Cucharale, Piper Sandler & Co., March 24, 2020 sitting out. As your trusted partners, Team MVB remains committed 3.90% 2.90% 1.90% 0.90% 1.10% -0.10% 0.54% 1.00% 0.60% 0.20% -0.20% Source: SEC filings and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Regional peers defined as public institutions headquartered in West Virginia, Maryland, Virginia, and the Washington D.C. MSA with assets between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. Peer be in a position to add value for those who support us. data reflects the most recent data publicly available. MVBF Regional Peers to your success as shareholders, and we are pleased to MVB continues to produce meaningful growth in both earnings and tangible book value (TBV). TBV per share, a • We focused on existing non-performing loans to clean the deck to prepare for possible pandemic-related credit issues in future quarters. We evaluated our loan loss allowance and the impact of recent economic events and increased in the remaining quarters as warranted. 1 non-U.S. GAAP measure, was $19.73 as of December 31, • In March 2020, we announced that the Bank’s subsidiary 2020, an increase of $4.53, or 29.8%, from December 31, 2019. I remain committed to balancing our investment in the future with a dividend program that shares our success with shareholders, including issuing the $0.36 per share dividend for 2020. Strategic Steps to Stimulate Progress Early on in the pandemic, we looked for ways to be adaptive, making strategic steps to stimulate progress. COVID-19 has had a major impact on the mortgage industry created volatility in the market, but MVB became MVB Mortgage entered into an agreement with Intercoastal Mortgage Company (ICMC), a Van Metre Company. MVB Mortgage and ICMC have formed one of the largest independently owned residential mortgage lending operations in the Mid-Atlantic Region: Intercoastal Mortgage, LLC. • On April 3, 2020, we announced that MVB purchased the deposits and certain assets of the insolvent First State Bank through an agreement with the FDIC. As a testament to the strength and adaptability of Team MVB in the COVID-19 environment, we managed to mobilize and close this major deal in 28 days. • On April 17, 2020, we announced the acquisition of Paladin Fraud by a wholly owned subsidiary of MVB Bank. The move further differentiated MVB’s expanding Fintech vertical with its commitment to fraud prevention. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 12 Consistent, Top Tier Asset Quality Through Cycles Non-Performing Loans / Total Loans ALLL / Total Loans (Excluding PPP) 3.21% 3.43% 3.26% 2.47% 2.29% 1.68% 1.65% 1.46% 1.17% 1.06% 0.87% 0.94% 3.90% 2.90% 1.90% 0.90% 1.10% -0.10% 0.54% 0.00% 0.74% 0.88% 0.77% 0.14% 1.16% 0.99% 0.88% 0.59% 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2.30% 1.80% 1.30% 0.80% 0.30% 1.80% 1.74% 1.66% 1.53% 1.30% 1.49% 1.34% 1.26% 1.88% 1.16% 1.09% 1.04% 0.98% 1.43% 0.92% 0.96% 0.84% 0.81% 0.91% 0.79% 0.78% 0.78% 0.86% 0.89% 0.84% 0.86% 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 0.54% 0.37% 2019 2018 0.64% 2020 MVBF Regional Peers MVBF Regional Peers • MVB entered into a purchase agreement in November 2019 with Summit Financial Group for our four banking centers in our East Market, and the deal closed on April 24, 2020. • Also in April, we proactively sought an independent Kroll Bond Rating Agency rating, and they provided MVB a BBB+ deposit rating and a BBB investment grade, which validates our safety, soundness and strength. 1.00% 0.60% 0.20% -0.20% NCOs / Average Loans 1.00% 0.66% 0.81% 0.76% 0.59% 0.33% 0.25% 0.18% 0.33% 0.35% 0.42% 0.32% 0.19% 0.24% 0.21% 0.13% 0.12% 0.14% 0.25% 0.17% 0.22% 0.07% 0.12% 0.11% 0.10% 0.07% 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 MVBF Regional Peers “Excellent historical asset quality…NPAs are a sterling 34 bps of assets. Non-performers have been below peers for several years with quite impressive performance through the Great Recession.” - Nicholas Cucharale, Piper Sandler & Co., March 24, 2020 Tender Offer and Stock Repurchase Program In 2020, MVB was pleased to complete both a stock buyback program and a tender offer. As part of MVB’s modified Dutch Auction tender offer, a total of 536,490 shares of the Company’s common stock were repurchased for an aggregate cost of approximately $10.9 million, excluding related fees and expenses. In connection with the announcement of the final results of the tender offer, MVB also announced that on or before December 31, 2021, the Company may repurchase up to $31.9 million of additional shares of its common stock. A total of 796,414 shares totaling $15.0 million were repurchased in 2020. Source: SEC filings and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Regional peers defined as public institutions headquartered in West Virginia, Maryland, Virginia, and the Washington D.C. MSA with assets between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. Peer data reflects the most recent data publicly available. Regional peers defined as public institutions headquartered in West Virginia, Maryland, Virginia, and the Washington D.C. MSA with assets between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. 1 Commercial Lending MVB was quick to react to the economic fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic by proactively reviewing every commercial loan, working closely with loan clients and implementing a daily monitoring process to fully manage the portfolio. On the commercial lending front, we continue to diversify our lending both through types of loans and geographical reach. In the third quarter, we onboarded a highly experienced team of SBA lenders to join MVB. This well-seasoned team has a proven national lending model that is already contributing by helping small businesses in many areas. Cumulative Total Shareholder Return $210.00 $190.00 l e u a V x e d n I $170.00 $150.00 $130.00 $110.00 $90.00 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 MVB Financial Corp. KBW Bank Index Russell 2000 Assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2015 and that all dividends were reinvested. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 13 SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS FDIC-ASSISTED ACQUISITION of the First State Bank, Barboursville, WV. Bargain purchase gain of $4.7M. Completed on April 3, 2020. 1 PALADIN FRAUD, LLC ACQUISITION Enhance the Fintech vertical with its commitment to fraud prevention. Completed on April 17, 2020. 2 SALE OF FOUR Eastern Panhandle, WV, Banking Centers. Gain on sale of $9.6M. Completed on April 24, 2020. 3 MVB MORTGAGE COMBINATION with Intercoastal Mortgage, LLC. Formed one of the largest independently owned mortgage lending operations in the Mid-Atlantic region. Completed on July 1, 2020. 4 INVEST FORWARD, INC; ACQUISITION Acquired the assets of GRAND, a mobile app that incentivizes savings through digital banking. Completed on August 7, 2020. 5 TENDER OFFER As part of MVB’s modified Dutch Action tender offer, a total of 536,490 shares of the Company’s common stock were repurchased for an aggregate cost of $10.9M, excluding related fees and expenses. Completed on December 18, 2020. 6 MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 14 Deposits Growth in Hospitality & Gaming Deposits $2,000 s n o i l l i m n i $1,500 $1,000 l e c n a a B e g a e v A r $1,778 5 6 % C A G R N I B : $1,227 $879 $922 $1,013 $500 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing deposits NIB deposits as a % of total deposits 40% 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% s t i s o p e D l a t o T f o % a s a M N I s n o i l l i m n i $400 $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 $- $358 1 6 2 % C A G R $120 $52 2018 2019 2020 Commercial lending showed momentum in the fourth With the intent to increase noninterest income, MVB signed quarter, including meaningful growth from our new SBA agreements with two of the largest payment processors in Team. Our national presence in 7A SBA loans continues to the U.S. for card acquiring sponsorship. rise in the industries we have targeted. Our Commercial Lending Team followed up on the first round of PPP loans MVB remains poised to capture leading-edge opportunities with loan forgiveness assistance and readied for the next in the Gaming space. Our early experience and top round of loans. performing client base in this arena have generated significant referrals. We made significant progress in the Allowance for loan losses to total loans was 1.8% as of fourth quarter of 2020 to solidify MVB’s presence, building December 31, 2020, an increase of 92 basis points from compliant products and services to meet the regulatory rigor December 31, 2019. Excluding Paycheck Protection Program required in these industries. (“PPP”) loans of $82.0 million which are generally fully guaranteed by the U.S. government, allowance for loan Fintech related deposits totaled $533.0 million as of losses to total loans was 1.9% as of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2020, an increase of $382.8 million, or 254.8%, an increase of 102 basis points from December 31, 2019. from December 31, 2019. Gaming deposits, included in total Fintech and Gaming Fintech deposits, were $357.9 million as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $151.3 million, an increase of $237.6 million, or 197.5% from December 31, 2019. Through our expanded partnership with Credit Karma, MVB The MVB subsidiaries, Chartwell Compliance and Paladin is now ranked as the 21st bank in the United States in terms Fraud, are proving to be key acquisitions in deploying their of total number of deposit accounts by FDIC and NCUA in extensive experience in support of MVB’s industry-leading their quarterly reports published in February 2021. We also regulatory and compliance practices and in directly serving currently have Gaming clients across the U.S. many of their own clients. The recent acquisition of technology like Invest Forward, dba GRAND, gives MVB the ability to expand our product Mortgage base even more. We continue to attract high caliber talent to augment our high-performing Team, both at the leadership and skilled technical levels. MVB Mortgage experienced a strong resurgence in the second quarter, an improvement from the COVID-driven market turmoil late in the first quarter. The mortgage MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 15 market remained robust through year-end. On July 1, we hairy, audacious goal” as well – our Moonshot – which is announced the completion of MVB Mortgage’s combination to positively impact the financial lives of 1 billion people. with Intercoastal Mortgage, LLC. MVB recognized a gain Reaching that goal will take a lot of technology and a lot of on the mortgage combination transaction of $3.3 million A+ players. That’s what inspires us and drives us to think during the third quarter. We have been validated in our bigger and DO BIGGER. long-held belief that investment in this mortgage company is a protection against down-side risk in the cyclical mortgage industry. Our investment strategy in Intercostal Mortgage this past year continues to reap positive results based on current trends in the housing and real estate markets. Think Bigger and DO BIGGER MVB is well positioned into 2021 with an extremely strong balance sheet, strong capital and liquidity positions. Continued execution in our Fintech and Gaming verticals will give us the ability to expand our product base on the financial frontier. I remain grateful for our dedicated Board of Directors and Teammates. Thank you for believing in MVB and for In addition to our Purpose and Core Values, one allowing us to be your trusted partners, committed to your additional motivator drives us and gets us out of bed success. As always, feel free to contact me directly with every day. That’s our Moonshot. This concept goes back to comments or questions, including ways we can assist you 1962 when JFK was U.S. President. When he talked about or someone you know with financial needs. the USA taking off to the moon, it seemed impossible at the time. The Russians were well ahead of us in technology, and it looked like they were going to dominate space. But seven years later we did become the first nation to land a person on the moon. MVB has a “big, The best is yet to come, Larry F. Mazza, President and CEO, MVB Financial Corp. OUR MOONSHOT To positively impact the financial lives of 1 billion people MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 16 FIRST QUARTER • Announcement of MVB Mortgage merger with Intercoastal Biggest accomplishment of 1Q was learning to thrive in a COVID-19 environment: • Transition to working remotely • Keeping banking services available for our clients • Personally checking on 100% of Commercial clients • Offering a financial relief program to MVB consumer loan borrowers affected by the pandemic • Completing $89.76 million in PPP loans to help small businesses keep their employees • Executing a plan to increase our community giving and partnership outreach SECOND QUARTER • Close of Eastern Panhandle banking center sale to Summit • Close of First State Bank acquisition • MVB acquires Paladin Fraud • Reached 2 million deposit accounts with Credit Kama • Reached $200 million in Fintech deposits • West Virginia Black Heritage Festival honors MVB Bank with award for exemplary leadership in philanthropy • Kroll Bond Rating provided MVB a BBB+ deposit rating and a BBB investment grade, which validates our safety, soundness and strength 2020 SUCCESSES THIRD QUARTER • Merger closes between MVB Mortgage and Intercoastal • MVBF acquires GRAND intellectual property • Completed First State Bank conversion • Reached $350 million in Fintech deposits FOURTH QUARTER • Started doing processing for one of the largest payment processors • MVB Bank became a top 30 bank in the nation by volume of accounts • SBA Team joins CoRe Banking division • MVB has Team Members in 25 states and Israel YEAR END Year-End Accomplishments: CoRe Banking: • Title Division – As of November 30, 2020, grew $186 million in deposits • Specialty Deposit Division – As of December 30, 2020 grew $86 million in deposits. This growth took place even with running off $80 million in deposits because we were unwilling to match the rate of competitor bank Fintech: • Reached $1 million of Fintech non-interest income • Reached $500 million in Fintech deposits Talent Acquisition: • About 140 open positions filled to date in 2020. Of these fills, about 30 were internal moves, or about 20% filled with internal opportunities. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 17 SHAREHOLDER AND CONTACT INFORMATION Shareholders Meeting The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of MVB Financial Corp. (MVB) will be held at 9:00 a.m. on May 18, 2021. This meeting is for the purpose of considering and voting upon certain proposals. Only those shareholders of record at the close of business on March 24, 2021, shall be entitled to notice of the meeting and to vote at the meeting. Transfer Agent & Shareholder Inquiries The corporation’s transfer agent is Computershare. Inquiries concerning transfer requirements, lost certificates, and change of address should be directed to: Computershare 462 South 4th Street Louisville, KY 40202 www.computershare.com Investor Inquiries Investor inquiries to the Company should be directed to: Marcie Lipscomb (304) 285-0020 mlipscomb@mvbbanking.com All Other Inquiries All other inquiries to the Company should be directed to: MVB Financial Corp. Attn: Investor Relations 301 Virginia Avenue Fairmont, WV 26554 (844) MVB-BANK (844-682-2265) Form 10-K A copy of the MVB Financial Corp. Form 10-K for 2020, which has been filed with the SEC, is available without attachments at no charge upon written request and is also available at http://ir.mvbbanking.com. Inquiries should be directed to the Investor Relations contact above. Independent Registered Accounting Firm Dixon Hughes Goodman, LLP 809 Glen Eagles Court, Suite 200 Baltimore, MD 21286 Stock Market Listing MVB Financial Corp. stock is traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol: MVBF. MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2020 18 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 or ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from __________ to __________ Commission file number 000-50567 MVB Financial Corp. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) West Virginia (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 301 Virginia Avenue, Fairmont, WV (Address of principal executive offices) 20-0034461 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 26554 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (304) 363-4800 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value Per Share MVBF Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Capital Market) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ Smaller reporting company ☒ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ Based upon the closing price of the common shares of the registrant on June 30, 2020 of $13.30 as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the aggregate market value of the common shares of the registrant held by non-affiliates during that time was $137,985,864. For this purpose, certain executive officers and directors are considered affiliates. This calculation does not reflect a determination that such persons are affiliates for any other purpose. As of March 8, 2021, the registrant had 11,568,156 shares of common stock outstanding with a par value of $1.00 per share. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Selected Financial Data Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 2 Page 5 21 33 33 34 34 35 37 39 55 58 124 124 126 126 126 126 126 126 127 129 Forward-Looking Statements: Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are based on other than historical data are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations or forecasts of future events and include, among others, statements with respect to the beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, anticipations and future financial condition, results of operations and performance of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “our,” or “us”), including the Bank, and statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “projects,” “outlook,” or the negative of those terms or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, nor should they be relied upon as representing the Company's view as of any subsequent date. Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (both known and unknown) and actual results may differ materially from those presented, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, those presented in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to: l the length, severity, magnitude and duration of the Coronavirus Disease (“COVID-19”) pandemic and the direct and indirect impacts of such pandemic, including its impact on the Company’s financial condition and business operations; l changes in the economy, which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans and gather deposits, including the pace of recovery following the COVID-19 pandemic; l ability to successfully execute business plans, manage risks and achieve objectives, including strategies related to recent investments in Fintech; l market, economic, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with the Company's business; l changes in local, national and international political and economic conditions, including without limitation changes in the political and economic climate, economic conditions and other major developments, including wars, natural disasters, epidemics and pandemics, military actions and terrorist attacks; l changes in financial market conditions, either internationally, nationally or locally in areas in which the Company conducts operations, including without limitation, reduced rates of business formation and growth, commercial and residential real estate development and real estate prices; l unanticipated changes in the Company's liquidity position, including but not limited to changes in access to sources of liquidity and capital to address its liquidity needs; l changes in interest rates; l the quality and composition of the loan and securities portfolios; l ability to successfully conduct acquisitions and integrate acquired businesses and potential difficulties in expanding businesses in existing and new markets; l ability to successfully manage credit risk and the sufficiency of allowance for credit losses; l increases in the levels of losses, customer bankruptcies, bank failures, claims and assessments; l changes in government legislation and accounting policies, including the Dodd-Frank Act and EGRRCPA; l uncertainty about the discontinued use of LIBOR and the transition to an alternative rate; l continuing competition and consolidation in the financial services industry; l new legal claims against us, including litigation, arbitration and proceedings brought by governmental or self-regulatory agencies or changes in existing legal matters; l success in gaining regulatory approvals, when required, including for proposed mergers or acquisitions; l changes in consumer spending and savings habits, including demand for loan products and deposit flow; l increased competitive challenges and expanding product and pricing pressures among financial institutions and non-bank financial companies; l operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including without limitation with respect to data processing, information systems, cyber-security, technological changes, vendor problems, business interruptions and fraud risk; l failure or circumvention of internal controls; l legislation or regulatory changes which adversely affect operations or business, including changes to address the impact of COVID-19 through the CARES Act and other legislative and regulatory responses to the COVID-19 pandemic; and l ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or regulatory agencies, including the impact of adoption of the new CECL standard; and l costs of deposit insurance and changes with respect to FDIC insurance coverage levels. Certain risk factors that might cause actual results to differ materially from those presented are more fully described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K within Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and from time to time, in other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by any forward-looking statement. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. Except to the extent required by law, the Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update any factors or to publicly announce the result of revisions to any of the forward-looking statements included herein to reflect future events or developments. ITEM 1. BUSINESS Corporate Overview PART I MVB Financial Corp. (“MVB” or the “Company”) is a financial holding company organized as a West Virginia corporation in 2003. MVB operates principally through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MVB Bank, Inc. (“MVB Bank” or the “Bank”). MVB Bank’s subsidiaries include MVB Insurance, LLC, a title insurance company (“MVB Insurance”), MVB Community Development Corporation (“MVB CDC”), ProCo Global, Inc. (“Chartwell,” which began doing business under the registered trade name Chartwell Compliance), Paladin Fraud, LLC (“Paladin Fraud”) and MVB Technology, LLC (“MVB Technology”). The Company also owns a minority interest in Intercoastal Mortgage Company, LLC (“ICM”). MVB conducts a wide range of business activities, primarily commercial and retail (“CoRe”) banking. The Company also continues to be involved in new innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in financial technology (“Fintech”) related companies, as further described below. MVB considers Fintech companies as those entities that use technology to electronically move funds. Since the formation of the Bank, the Company has acquired a number of financial institutions and other financial services businesses. Future acquisitions and divestitures will be consistent with the Company’s strategic direction. The Company's most recent acquisition and divestiture activity includes the following: l In September 2019, the Company acquired Chartwell, based from Bethesda, MD. Chartwell provides integrated regulatory compliance, state licensing, financial crimes prevention and enterprise risk management services that include consulting, outsourcing, testing and training solutions. Chartwell has expanded its services to both Fintech clients and banks, in coordination with MVB Bank’s current compliance officers, to help create and implement strategy and provide expert compliance resources with respect to new client due diligence. l In November 2019, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with Summit Community Bank, Inc. (“Summit”), a subsidiary of Summit Financial Group, Inc., pursuant to which Summit purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of three Bank branch locations in Berkeley County, WV, and one Bank branch location in Jefferson County, WV. The Company closed this transaction in April 2020. l In March 2020, the Bank entered into an Agreement with Intercoastal Mortgage Company, a Virginia corporation (“Intercoastal”), and each of H. Edward Dean, III, Tom Pyne and Peter Cameron, providing for the combination of the Bank's mortgage origination services and Intercoastal. The transaction closed in July 2020. On the closing date, Intercoastal converted into a Virginia limited liability company and the Bank contributed certain of its assets and liabilities associated with its mortgage operations to Intercoastal as a capital contribution, in exchange for common units of a new entity, ICM, representing 47% of the common interest of ICM, as well as $7.5 million in preferred units. The Company recognizes its ownership interest in ICM as an equity method investment. l In April 2020, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver for The First State Bank (“First State”), Barboursville, WV, providing for the assumption by the Bank of certain liabilities and the purchase by the Bank of certain assets of First State. First State depositors automatically became depositors of the Bank and, subject to the insurance limitations, deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC without interruption. In the Agreement, the Bank agreed to pay no deposit premium and to acquire the assets at a discount to book value. The Bank also acquired three branch locations in Barboursville, Teays Valley and Huntington, WV. l In April 2020, Paladin Fraud acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Paladin, LLC, a Washington limited liability company. l In August 2020, MVB Technology entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Invest Forward, Inc., a Delaware corporation doing business as Grand. Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, MVB Technology acquired substantially all the assets of Grand. The purchase price of the transaction consisted of cash totaling $1.0 million, plus the conversion of MVB’s note with Invest Forward. 5 Business Overview Commercial and Retail Banking The Company’s primary business activities, which are conducted through the Bank and its subsidiaries, are primarily CoRe banking. The Bank offers its customers a full range of products and services including: l Various demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit; l Commercial, consumer and real estate mortgage loans and lines of credit; l Debit cards; l Cashier’s checks; l Safe deposit rental facilities; and l Non-deposit investment services offered through an association with a broker-dealer. Fintech Banking In addition to its CoRe banking activities, the Company is also involved in innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech. The dedicated Fintech sales team is based in Salt Lake City, UT, and specializes in providing banking services to corporate Fintech clients, with an overarching focus on operational risk and compliance. Managing banking relationships with clients in the payments, digital savings, cryptocurrency, crowd funding, lottery and gaming industries is complex from both an operational and regulatory perspective. The Company holds a strategic view that the complexity of serving these industries causes them to be underserved with quality banking services and provides the Company with a significantly expanded pool of potential customers. When serviced in a safe and efficient manner, these industries offer an excellent source of stable, low cost deposits and non-interest income. The Company analyzes each industry thoroughly, both from an operational and regulatory viewpoint. This business line has the potential for fee income revenue as relationships grow. Primary Market Areas and Customers The Company considers its primary market area for CoRe banking services to be comprised of North Central West Virginia and Northern Virginia, where the Bank currently operates a total of 13 full-service banking branches: ten in West Virginia and three in Virginia. The Company considers its Fintech banking market to be customers located throughout the entire United States. The Company believes that the current economic climate in its primary market areas reflect economic climates that are consistent with the general national economic climate. Unemployment in the United States was 6.5%, 3.4% and 3.7% for December 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. COVID-19 Pandemic During 2020, economies throughout the world have been severely disrupted by the effects of the quarantines, business closures and the reluctance of individuals to leave their homes as a result of the outbreak of COVID-19. The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and continues to evolve. The outbreak and any preventative or protective actions that the Company or its clients may take in respect of this virus may result in a period of disruption, including the Company’s financial reporting capabilities, its operations generally and could potentially impact the Company’s clients, providers and third parties. Please refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Segment Reporting The Company has identified three reportable segments: CoRe banking; mortgage banking; and the financial holding company. Revenue from CoRe banking activities consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. The Fintech division, Chartwell and Paladin Fraud reside in the CoRe banking segment. Revenue from the mortgage banking activities is comprised of interest earned on loans and fees received as a result of the mortgage loan origination process. Prior to July 2020, the mortgage banking services were conducted by a subsidiary of the Bank, Potomac Mortgage Group (“PMG”). In July 2020, the Company announced the completion of PMG’s combination with Intercoastal to form ICM. The Company has recognized its ownership as an equity method investment, initially recorded at fair value. Income related to this equity method investment is included in the Mortgage Banking segment. Revenue from financial holding company activities is 6 mainly comprised of intercompany service income and dividends. For more information about each of the Company’s reportable segments, please refer to Note 21 – Segment Reporting accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Commercial Loans At December 31, 2020, the Bank had outstanding approximately $1.16 billion in commercial loans, including commercial, commercial real estate and financial loans. These loans represented approximately 80% of the total aggregate loan portfolio as of that date. Commercial lending entails significant additional risks as compared with consumer lending (i.e., single-family residential mortgage lending and installment lending). In addition, the payment experience on commercial loans typically depends on adequate cash flow of a business and thus may be subject to, to a greater extent, adverse conditions in the general economy or in a specific industry. Loan terms include amortization schedules commensurate with the purpose of each loan, the source of repayment and the risk involved. The primary analysis technique used in determining whether to grant a commercial loan is the review of a schedule of estimated cash flows to evaluate whether anticipated future cash flows will be adequate to service both interest and principal due. In addition, the Bank reviews collateral to determine its value in relation to the loan in the event of a foreclosure. The Bank evaluates all new commercial loans and the Credit Department facilitates an annual loan review process that ensures that a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio, typically a minimum of 50%, is reviewed each year under a risk-based approach. If deterioration in credit worthiness has occurred, the Bank takes prompt action designed to assure repayment of the loan. Upon detection of the reduced ability of a borrower to meet original cash flow obligations, the loan is considered for possible downgrading, and may be considered classified and potentially placed on non-accrual status. In addition to the review noted above, the commercial and credit teams performed an evaluation of the entire commercial loan portfolio for potential short- and long-term impacts of COVID-19. Through this process, the Company identified the industries and borrowers that were most significantly impacted by COVID-19, allowing it to implement immediate risk mitigation efforts and provide relief where necessary to support its clients. Management will continue to monitor the portfolio for any ongoing effects. Residential Loans At December 31, 2020, the Bank had approximately $288.0 million of residential real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and construction mortgages outstanding, representing 19.8% of total loans outstanding. The Bank generally requires that the residential real estate loan amount be no more than 80% of the purchase price or the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance for the percentage exceeding 80%. Occasionally, the Bank may lend up to 100% of the appraised value of the real estate. Loans made in this lending category are generally one to ten year adjustable rate, fully amortizing to maturity mortgages. MVB Bank also originates fixed rate real estate loans and generally sells these loans in the secondary market. Most real estate loans are secured by first mortgages with evidence of title in favor of the Bank in the form of an attorney’s opinion of the title or a title insurance policy. MVB Bank also requires proof of hazard insurance with the Bank named as the mortgagee and as the loss payee. Full appraisals are obtained from licensed appraisers for the majority of loans secured by real estate. In addition, the Bank purchases residential real estate loans from ICM. Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. If the estimate of construction cost proves to be inaccurate, MVB may advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the project. Also, note that with respect to construction loans, the Bank generally makes loans to the homeowner, rather than to the builder. At December 31, 2020, residential mortgage construction loans to individuals totaled approximately $119.4 million with an average life of seven months and are generally refinanced to a permanent loan upon completion of the construction. 7 Competition The Company experiences significant competition in attracting depositors and borrowers. Competition in lending activities comes principally from other commercial banks, savings associations, insurance companies, governmental agencies, credit unions, brokerage firms and pension funds. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rate and overall lending services. Competition for deposits comes from other commercial banks, savings associations, money market funds and credit unions as well as from insurance companies and brokerage firms. Competition for deposits comes principally from other Fintech-focused banks and neobanks, which are online-only financial institutions. The primary factors in competing for deposits are interest rates paid on deposits, account liquidity, convenience of office location, technology offerings and overall financial condition. The Company believes that its approach provides flexibility, which enables the Bank to offer an array of banking products and services. ICM faces significant competition from both traditional financial institutions and other national and local mortgage banking operations. The Company operates under a “needs-based” selling approach that management believes has proven successful in serving the financial needs of most customers. It is not the Company’s strategy to compete solely on the basis of interest rates. Management believes that a focus on customer relationships and service will promote the Company's customers’ continued use of MVB's financial products and services and will lead to enhanced revenue opportunities. Human Capital Resources As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 344 employees, including 334 full-time employees, located in 28 states. The Company seeks to attract, retain and develop the most talented employees possible, regardless of location, by promoting a strong, positive culture, maintaining a safe and healthy workplace, emphasizing open communication with management and investing in training and education. Culture The Company strives to build and maintain a high-performing culture where engaged, satisfied employees embody the Company's purpose to be “Trusted Partners on the Financial Frontier, Committed to Your Success.” This culture emphasizes the Company's core values of trust, commitment, respect, love, caring, teamwork and being adaptive. As part of the Company’s culture initiative, a personal and professional growth training program, called Thought Patterns for High Performance, was instituted in partnership with The Pacific Institute (“TPI”). All new team members complete this program and there are regular updates throughout our core training programs. As part of the Company’s engagement with TPI, it launched a Culture BluePrint™ Survey in 2018. The results of that survey helped the Company set a baseline for areas of improvement, with a follow up survey conducted in November 2020. Management used the results of this most recent survey to obtain quantitative and qualitative data about the Company's current culture, identify how our culture has changed in the last two years and consider how culture impacts the way it operates. COVID-19 Response Consistent with the Company's core values, safety of its team members has been a top priority during the COVID-19 pandemic. In mid-March, 2020, more than 85% of Company team members across 28 states and two countries migrated to working remotely, including activities of the Board of Directors, related committees and other governance activities. The Company was able to make a relatively seamless transition to a remote working environment and attributes this to its strong focus on technology and culture of adherence to its core values. The Company's pandemic response team continues to meet daily to monitor team member travel and illness concerns and has also generated procedures for employees, vendors, visitors and clients, including providing signage and materials to Company locations, including washable and disposable masks, hand sanitizer stations, disinfectant, thermometers and glass shields. The Company enhanced the cleaning standards and frequency at all of its locations to ensure optimal safety for those team members who continue working on site. Management continues to adapt with the changing environment and show flexibility for employees who manage virtual school for their children or need other accommodations. Team Member Development The Company remains committed to education and development for its team members. The remote work environment created additional opportunity for virtual and online learning. In 2020, team members were assigned courses designed to support ongoing 8 compliance requirements and development. Communication, Recognition and Engagement The Company's internal communication structure includes various opportunities for team members to interact with its CEO and other members of the executive leadership team, including monthly all-hands town hall meetings. At the meetings, the CEO and members of the executive leadership team present informational topics in sessions open to all team members, and sessions where team members representing each of the Company’s locations ask questions directly of the Company’s CEO and executive leadership team. Supervision and Regulation The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state banking laws. The Company’s earnings are affected by general economic conditions, management policies, changes in state and federal laws and regulations and actions of various regulatory authorities, including those referred to in this section. The following discussion describes elements of an extensive regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies, financial holding companies and banks and contains specific information about the Company. Regulation of banks, bank holding companies and financial holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the insurance fund of the FDIC and the stability of the financial system, rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors. In addition to banking laws, regulations and regulatory agencies, the Company is subject to various other laws, regulations, supervision and examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of the Company and the Bank and the Company’s ability to make distributions to shareholders. State and federal law govern the activities in which the Bank engages, the investments it makes, the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower and other similar areas of the Bank's business. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect the Company’s and the Bank's operations. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described herein. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any changes and the impact such changes may have on the Company or the Bank is impossible to determine with any certainty. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries could have a material effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. Financial Regulatory Reform During the past several years, there has been a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight for United States financial services firms such as the Company, primarily resulting from the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complicated and comprehensive legislation that impacts many aspects of a banking organization, representing a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act implements numerous and far-reaching changes that affect financial companies, including banks, bank holding companies and financial holding companies, such as the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes prudential regulation on depository institutions and their holding companies. As such, the Company is subject to more stringent standards and requirements with respect to: (i) bank and non-bank acquisitions and mergers; (ii) the “financial activities” in which it engages as a financial holding company; (iii) affiliate transactions; and (iv) proprietary trading and investing in private equity or hedge funds, among other provisions. In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “EGRRCPA”) was enacted, which repealed or modified certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and eases regulations on all but the largest banks. These modifications, among other changes: (i) exempt banks with less than $10 billion in assets from the ability-to-repay requirements for certain qualified residential mortgage loans held in portfolio; (ii) eliminate the requirement for appraisals for certain real estate transactions valued at less than $400,000 in rural areas; (iii) exempt banks that originate fewer than 500 open-end and 500 closed- end mortgages from the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act’s expanded data disclosures; (iv) clarify that, subject to various conditions, reciprocal deposits of another depository institution obtained using a deposit broker through a deposit placement network for purposes of obtaining maximum deposit insurance would not be considered brokered deposits subject to the FDIC’s brokered-deposit regulations; (v) raise eligibility for the 18-month exam cycle from $1 billion to banks with $3 billion in assets; and (vi) simplify capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (tangible equity to average consolidated assets) at a percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that 9 upon the election of a bank would replace the risk-based capital requirements. In addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) was required to raise the asset threshold under its Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement from $1 billion to $3 billion for bank holding companies that are exempt from consolidated capital requirements, provided that such companies meet certain other conditions such as not engaging in significant non-banking activities. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and other laws, such as the EGRRCPA, are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed and/or adopted that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating and doing business in the United States. Changes in leadership at various federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, can also change the policy direction of these agencies. Certain of these recent proposals and changes are described below. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of any new regulations so promulgated or under consideration, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer products or disclosures required by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the requirements of the enhanced supervision provisions, among others. Regulatory Agencies The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Company is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and it and its non-bank subsidiaries are subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The BHCA provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as the Company by the Federal Reserve Board and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators and insurance activities by insurance regulators. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as administered by the SEC. The Bank is a West Virginia state chartered bank. The Bank is not a member bank of the Federal Reserve System (“non-member bank”). Accordingly, the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions and the FDIC are the primary regulators of the Bank and the Bank's subsidiaries. Bank Holding Company Activities In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In addition, bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board), without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments. Under current federal law, as a bank holding company, the Company has elected and qualified to become a financial holding company. Most of the financial activities that are permissible for financial holding companies also are permissible for a bank’s “financial subsidiary,” except for insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investments, real estate investments and development and merchant banking, which must be conducted by a financial holding company. In order for a financial subsidiary of a bank to engage in permissible financial activities, federal law requires, among other conditions, that the parent bank be well managed and have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating, and the parent bank and all of its bank affiliates must be well capitalized. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations and the depository institution subsidiaries controlled by the company must have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating. A depository institution subsidiary is considered to be “well capitalized” if it satisfies the requirements for this status discussed in the sections captioned Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action included in this Item 1. A depository institution subsidiary is considered “well managed” if it received a composite rating of 1 or 2 and management rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these capital and management requirements, the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations provide that the financial holding company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve 10 Board to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and the company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve Board may require (i) divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions or (ii) termination by the financial holding company of any activity that is not an activity that is permissible for bank holding companies under section 4(c)(8) of the BHCA. If a depository institution receives a rating of less than satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act, the financial holding company may not commence any additional financial activity or acquire a company engaged in financial activity, until the bank subsidiary has achieved at least a rating of satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act. Please refer to the section captioned Community Reinvestment Act included elsewhere in this item. The Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve Board has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company. As required by the EGRRCPA, in August 2018, the Federal Reserve Board issued an interim final rule that expanded applicability of the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. The interim final rule raised the policy statement’s asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion in total consolidated assets for a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company that: (i) is not engaged in significant non-banking activities; (ii) does not conduct significant off-balance sheet activities; and (iii) does not have a material amount of debt or equity securities, other than trust-preferred securities, outstanding that are registered with the SEC. The interim final rule provides that, if warranted for supervisory purposes, the Federal Reserve Board may exclude a company from the threshold increase. Management believes the Company meets the conditions of the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement and is therefore excluded from consolidated capital requirements and is subject to specific debt to equity ratio requirements. To be considered well capitalized, a company subject to the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement must meet certain requirements, including having a debt- to-equity ratio of 1.0:1 or less. Further, qualification as a small bank holding company allows the Company to file more abbreviated, and less frequent, consolidated and holding company reports with the Federal Reserve. The Bank remains subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Federal Securities Regulation The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act. The Company is subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which imposes numerous reporting, accounting, corporate governance and business practices on companies, as well as financial and other professionals who have involvement with the United States public markets. The Company is generally subject to these requirements and applicable SEC rules and regulations. Acquisitions The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, the Change in Bank Control Act (the “CIBCA”), West Virginia banking law, and other federal and state statutes regulate investments in and acquisitions of commercial banks and their parent holding companies. The BHCA requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the direct or indirect acquisition by a bank holding company of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the FDIC or other appropriate bank regulatory authority is required for a non-member bank to merge with another bank or purchase substantially all of the assets or assume any deposits of another bank. Under the CIBCA, a filing with the Federal Reserve Board is required under certain circumstances if an investor acquires more than 9.9% of any class of voting securities of a state member bank or a bank holding company. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position and managerial strength of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (please refer to the section captioned Community Reinvestment Act included elsewhere in this item) and its compliance with consumer protection laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities and other financial crimes. Current federal law authorizes interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without geographic limitation. 11 Furthermore, a bank headquartered in one state is authorized to merge with a bank headquartered in another state, subject to market share limitations and any state requirement that the target bank shall have been in existence and operating for a minimum period of time. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, national and state-chartered banks may open an initial branch in a state other than its home state by establishing a de novo branch at any location in such host state at which a bank chartered in such a host state could establish a branch. Applications to establish such branches must be filed with the appropriate bank regulators. Other Safety and Soundness Regulations The Federal Reserve Board has enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations of law, rule, regulation, administrative order or written agreement with a federal regulator. These powers may be exercised through the issuance of cease and desist orders, civil money penalties or other enforcement and remedial actions. Federal and state banking regulators also have broad enforcement powers over the Bank, including the power to impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties and to appoint a receiver in order to conserve the assets of the Bank for the benefit of depositors and other creditors. The West Virginia Commissioner of Banking also has the authority to take possession of a West Virginia state bank in certain circumstances, including, among other things, when it appears necessary in order to protect or preserve the assets of that bank for the benefit of depositors and other creditors. Anti-Money Laundering and the USA PATRIOT Act A major focus of governmental policy on financial institution regulations in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The Patriot Act contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions and their affiliates, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. The Patriot Act includes the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, which grants the Secretary of the United States Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institutions’ operations. The United States Treasury has issued a number of regulations to implement the Patriot Act under this authority requiring financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including imposing substantial money penalties and causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these obligations. Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation The United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, regimes and individuals, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. The Company is responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences, including the imposition of financial penalties, causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Incentive Compensation As part of its regular, risk-focused examination process, the Federal Reserve Board reviews the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations that are not “large, complex banking organizations,” such as the Company. These reviews are tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive 12 compensation arrangements. The findings of this supervisory initiative will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks; (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management; and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. In June 2016, the Federal Reserve Board, other federal banking agencies, and the SEC jointly published a proposed rulemaking designed to strengthen the incentive-based compensation practices at covered institutions by better aligning the financial rewards for covered persons with an institution’s long-term safety and soundness. The proposed rule uses a tiered approach that applies provisions to covered financial institutions according to three categories of average total consolidated assets: Level 1 ($250 billion or more), Level 2 ($50 billion to $250 billion) and Level 3 ($1 billion to $50 billion). For all covered institutions, the proposed rule would (i) prohibit types and features of incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks because they are “excessive” or “could lead to material financial loss” at a covered institution; (ii) require incentive-based compensation arrangements to adhere to three basic principles: (1) a balance between risk and reward; (2) effective risk management and controls; and (3) effective governance; and (iii) require appropriate board or directors (or committee) oversight and record keeping and disclosures to the appropriate agency. For Level 1 and Level 2 institutions, the proposed rule would (i) require the following: the deferral of awards for senior executive officers and significant risk takers; the subjecting of unpaid and unvested incentive compensation to the risk of downward adjustments or forfeiture; the subjecting of paid incentive compensation to the risk of “clawback;” establishing a board compensation committee; expanded risk-management and control standards; additional record keeping requirements for senior executive officers and significant risk takers; and detailed policies and procedures to ensure rule compliance; and (ii) prohibit certain inappropriate practices, including: the purchase of hedging instruments that offset decreases in the value of incentive compensation; allowing a range of payouts that might encourage risk taking; and basing compensation solely on comparison to peer and volume-driven incentives without regard to transaction quality or compliance with sound risk management. The comment period ended in July 2016 and the agencies are evaluating the comments received. If these or other regulations are adopted in a form similar to that initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which the Company may structure compensation for its executives. In addition, SEC regulations require public companies, like the Company, to provide various disclosures about executive compensation in annual reports and proxy statements and to present to their shareholders a non-binding vote on the approval of executive compensation. The scope and content of the United States banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation and SEC rulemaking with respect to executive compensation are continuing to develop. The Volcker Rule The Volcker Rule implements section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and prohibits insured depository institutions and affiliated companies and foreign banks which engage in the banking business in the United States (together, “banking entities”) from engaging in proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives and commodity futures and options on these instruments, for their own account and prohibits banking entities from investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (“covered funds”) unless otherwise permitted by the Volcker Rule. EGRRCPA exempts from the Volcker Rule banking entities with $10 billion or less in total consolidated assets and have total trading assets and trading liabilities that are less than 5% of total consolidated assets. As of July 22, 2019, the effective date for the rulemaking implementing the EGRRCPA exemption, the Company and the Bank are below these thresholds and thus exempt from the Volcker Rule. 13 Limit on Dividends The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company’s ability to obtain funds for the payment of dividends to its shareholders and for other cash requirements largely depends on the amount of dividends the Bank declares. However, the Federal Reserve Board expects the Company to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank to reduce potential loss exposure to the Bank’s depositors and to the FDIC insurance fund in the event the Bank becomes insolvent or is in danger of becoming insolvent or is otherwise experiencing financial stress. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by the Company to the Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank. In the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the Company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment. Accordingly, the Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to retain capital for further investment in the Bank, rather than pay dividends to its shareholders. The Bank may not pay dividends to the Company if, after paying those dividends, the Bank would fail to meet the required minimum levels under the risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage ratio requirements. The Bank must have the approval from the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions if a dividend in any year would cause the total dividends for that year to exceed the sum of the current year’s net earnings and the retained earnings for the preceding two years, less required transfers to surplus. These provisions could limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its outstanding common shares. In addition, the Company and the Bank are subject to other regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums (please refer to the Capital Requirements section below). The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank holding company or a bank that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have stated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. Transactions with Affiliates Transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries, or the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, are regulated under federal banking law. The Federal Reserve Act, made applicable to the Bank by section 8(j) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), imposes quantitative and qualitative requirements and collateral requirements on “covered transactions” by the Bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates and generally requires those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third-party. Covered transactions are defined by the Federal Reserve Act to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure by a bank to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf or for the benefit of an affiliate. In general, any such transaction by the Bank or its subsidiaries must be limited to certain thresholds on an individual and aggregate basis and, for credit transactions with any affiliate, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral. Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of non-repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons individually and in the aggregate. Capital Requirements The Bank is required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC (the “Capital Rules”). The Company is exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy standards as it believes it meets the requirements of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. State chartered banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital 14 requirements adopted by the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions. The Capital Rules, among other things: (i) include a “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) measure; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios effective as of January 1, 2015 are: l 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets; l 6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets; l 8.0% total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and l 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”). The Capital Rules also include a “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk- weighted asset ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increased by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The Capital Rules also provide for a “countercyclical capital buffer” that is only applicable to certain covered institutions and does not have any current applicability to the Company or the Bank. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and effectively increases the minimum required risk-weighted capital ratios. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk- weighted assets below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and, if applicable, the countercyclical capital buffer) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Since fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Capital Rules require the Bank to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of: (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%; (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%; (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%; and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. The Capital Rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. The Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the general risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for United States government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In September 2017, the Federal Reserve Board, along with other bank regulatory agencies, proposed amendments to its capital requirements to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules for community banks, including the Bank, in an attempt to reduce the regulatory burden for such smaller financial institutions. In July 2019, the bank regulatory agencies finalized the rule which applies to banking organizations with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in total foreign exposure. The rule simplifies the capital treatment for mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and minority interest. The rule also allows bank holding companies to redeem common stock without prior approval unless otherwise required. Generally, the final rule is effective as of April 1, 2020; however, banking organizations are permitted to use this simpler regulatory capital requirements as of January 1, 2020. In June 2016, the FASB issued an update to the accounting standards for credit losses that included the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) methodology, which replaces the existing incurred loss methodology for certain financial assets. CECL became effective for certain entities on January 1, 2020. In December 2018, the federal bank regulatory agencies approved a final rule providing an option to phase-in, over a period of three years, the day-one regulatory capital effects resulting from the implementation of CECL. This standard is effective for the Company in 2023. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the EGRRCPA simplifies capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for insured depository institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) (tangible equity to average consolidated assets) at a percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that such institutions may elect to replace the general applicable risk-based capital requirements under the Capital Rules. Such institutions that meet the CBLR will automatically be deemed to be well-capitalized, although the regulators retain the flexibility to determine that the institution may not qualify for the CBLR test based on the institution’s risk profile. In November 2019, the federal bank regulators issued a final rule on the CBLR, setting the minimum required CBLR at 9%. Depository institutions and depository institution holding companies that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a leverage ratio 15 (equal to tier 1 capital divided by average total consolidated assets) of greater than 9%, will be eligible to opt into the CBLR framework. Banking organizations that elect to use the CBLR framework and that maintain a leverage ratio of greater than 9% will be considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital requirements in the regulators’ capital rules and, if applicable, will be considered to have met the well-capitalized ratio requirements for purposes of section 38 of the FDIA. The final rule was effective on January 1, 2020 and the CBLR framework was available for banks to use beginning in their March 31, 2020 Call Report. The Bank did not elect to apply the CBLR framework in its March 31, 2020 Call Report, but plans to apply the framework in the March 31, 2021 Call Report. Prompt Corrective Action The FDIA requires among other things, that the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA includes the following five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures, which reflect changes under the Capital Rules that became effective on January 1, 2015, are the total capital ratio, the CET1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio. A bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 3.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be within, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes. As noted above, the EGRRCPA eliminated these risk-based capital requirements for banks with less than $10.0 billion in assets who elect to follow the CBLR. The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it will thereafter be treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized” until such capital deficiency is corrected. “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well-capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The FDIA provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking agency determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in one or more unsafe or unsound practices. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an 16 adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution. In addition to the “prompt corrective action” directives, failure to meet capital guidelines may subject a banking organization to a variety of other enforcement remedies, including additional substantial restrictions on its operations and activities, termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and, under certain conditions, the appointment of a conservator or receiver. For further information regarding the capital ratios and leverage ratio of the Company and the Bank, please refer to the discussion under the section captioned Capital and Stockholders’ Equity included in Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Safety and Soundness Standards The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, cybersecurity, liquidity, data protection, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. Please refer to the Prompt Corrective Action section above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties and cease and desist orders. Deposit Insurance The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system that determines assessment rates for an insured depository institution based on an assessment rate calculator, which is based on a number of elements to measure the risk each insured depository institution poses to the FDIC insurance fund. The assessment rate is applied to total average assets, less tangible equity, as defined under the Dodd-Frank Act. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. Under the current system, premiums are assessed quarterly. Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Depositor Preference The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution. 17 Federal Home Loan Bank Membership The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) provides credit to its members in the form of advances. As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, the Bank must maintain an investment in the capital stock of that FHLB in an amount equal to 0.10% of the calculated Member Asset Value (“MAV”), plus 4.0% of outstanding advances and 0.75% of outstanding letters of credit. The MAV is determined by taking line item values for various investment and loan classes and applying an FHLB haircut to each item. At December 31, 2020, the Bank held capital stock of FHLB in the amount of $2.8 million. Federal and State Consumer Laws The Company and the Bank are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern the Company's relationship with its customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (“HMDA”), the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these federal laws’ respective state-law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and state and federal laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict the Company's ability to raise interest rates and subject it to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state and local attorneys general in each jurisdiction in which the Company operates and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in the Company's failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions it may wish to pursue or its prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required. The CFPB is a federal agency responsible for implementing federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. The CFPB also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets, as well as their affiliates, which authority would not apply to the Company or the Bank. As the Bank’s principal federal regulator, the FDIC has examination and enforcement authority over the Bank. The CFPB has concentrated much of its rulemaking efforts on a variety of mortgage-related topics required under the Dodd-Frank Act, including mortgage origination disclosures, minimum underwriting standards and ability to repay, high-cost mortgage lending and servicing practices. The CFPB issued final rules changing the reporting requirements for lenders under the HMDA. The new rules expand the range of transactions subject to these requirements to include most securitized residential mortgage loans and credit lines. The rules also increase the overall amount of data required to be collected and submitted, including additional data points about the loans and borrowers. The expanded data is being collected as of January 1, 2018. Financial Privacy Federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions, including substantial customer privacy protections provided under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (commonly known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act). Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, an institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means. In December 2015, Congress amended the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy provisions to include an exception under which a financial institution is not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers if such financial institution meets certain conditions. In August 2018, the CFPB finalized a rule implementing this provision and that rule became effective September 17, 2018. 18 Automated Overdraft Payment Regulation Federal regulators have adopted consumer protection regulations and guidance related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. Regulation E prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Financial institutions must also provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer’s choices. In addition, FDIC- supervised institutions must monitor overdraft payment programs for “excessive or chronic” customer use and undertake “meaningful and effective” follow-up action with customers that overdraw their accounts more than six times during a rolling 12- month period. Financial institutions must also impose daily limits on overdraft charges, review and modify check-clearing procedures, prominently distinguish account balances from available overdraft coverage amounts and ensure board and management oversight regarding overdraft payment programs. Community Reinvestment Act The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. The CRA requires the Bank’s primary federal bank regulatory agency, the FDIC, to assess the Bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the Bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods and persons. Institutions are assigned one of four ratings: (i) “Outstanding,” (ii) “Satisfactory,” (iii) “Needs to Improve” or (iv) “Substantial Noncompliance.” In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHCA, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “Satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering a request for an approval of a proposed transaction to consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a branch office. Cybersecurity In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyberattack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyberattack. If the Company fails to observe the regulatory guidance, it could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. In the ordinary course of business, the Company relies on electronic communications and information systems to conduct its operations and to store sensitive data. The Company employs a variety of preventative and detective tools to monitor, block and provide alerts regarding suspicious activity, as well as to report on any suspected advanced persistent threats. Notwithstanding the Company's defensive measures, the threat from cyberattacks is severe, attacks are sophisticated and increasing in volume and attackers respond rapidly to changes in defensive measures. While to date, the Company is not aware of it having experienced a significant compromise, significant data loss or any material financial losses related to cybersecurity attacks, its systems and those of its customers and third-party service providers are under constant threat and it is possible that it could experience a significant event in the future. Risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking and other technology-based products and services by the Company and its customers. For further discussion of risks related to cybersecurity, please refer to Item 1A – Risk Factors included elsewhere in this report. Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions The business of financial institutions is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various 19 governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions primarily through open market operations in United States government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in the reserve requirements against depository institutions’ deposits. These policies and regulations significantly affect the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits and the interest rates charged on loans, as well as the interest rates paid on deposit accounts. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to have significant effects in the future. In view of the changing conditions in the economy and the money markets and the activities of monetary and fiscal authorities, the Company cannot predict future changes in interest rates, credit availability or deposit levels. Effect of Environmental Regulation The Company’s primary exposure to environmental risk is through its lending activities. In cases when management believes environmental risk potentially exists, the Company mitigates its environmental risk exposures by requiring environmental site assessments at the time of loan origination to confirm collateral quality as to commercial real estate parcels posing higher than normal potential for environmental impact, as determined by reference to present and past uses of the subject property and adjacent sites. Environmental assessments are typically required prior to any foreclosure activity involving non-residential real estate collateral. With regard to residential real estate lending, management reviews those loans with inherent environmental risk on an individual basis and makes decisions based on the dollar amount of the loan and the materiality of the specific credit. The Company does not currently anticipate any material effect on anticipated capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position as a result of compliance with federal, state or local environmental protection laws or regulations. Other Regulatory Matters The Company is subject to examinations and investigations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, various taxing authorities and various state regulators. The Company periodically receives requests for information from regulatory authorities in various states, including state insurance commissions and state attorneys general, securities regulators and other regulatory authorities, concerning the Company’s business and accounting practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business. Future Legislation and Regulation From time to time, Congress may enact legislation that affects the regulation of the financial services industry and state legislatures may enact legislation affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which the Company operates and may significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory capital, require modifications to the Company's business strategy or limit its ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material, adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Corporate and Available Information The Company files reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. The Company makes available through its website (http:// www.mvbbanking.com), free of charge, its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information on the Company's website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document its files with the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials the Company files with or furnishes to the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 20 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS The following discussion sets forth some of the more important risk factors that could materially affect the Company's financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects. Other factors that could affect the Company’s financial condition and operations are discussed in the Forward-Looking Statements at the beginning of this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently deems immaterial may also affect the Company's business operations. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. References to “we,” “us,” and “our” in this Risk Factors section refer to the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires. Risks Related to Economic and Market Conditions The Company may continue to face risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic. The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and rapidly evolving. The outbreak and any preventative or protective actions that the Company or its clients may take in respect of the virus may result in a period of disruption, including the Company’s financial reporting capabilities and its operations, and could potentially impact the Company’s clients, providers and third parties. The spread of COVID-19 has caused illness, quarantines, cancellation of events and travel, business and school shutdowns, reduction in overall business activity and financial transactions, supply chain disruptions and overall economic and financial market instability. In response to the pandemic, many states, including those where the Company primarily operates, have taken preventative and protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations, advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego time outside of their homes and ordering temporary closures of businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential. The COVID-19 pandemic had an impact on the Company’s operations during fiscal year 2020 and the Company expects that the pandemic may continue to materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations during 2021. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s future operating results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the efficacy and distribution of COVID-19 vaccines and governmental actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, among others. Banking and financial services have been designated essential businesses; therefore, the Company’s operations are continuing. The ultimate effects of COVID-19 on the broader economy and the markets that the Company serves are not fully known, nor is the ultimate length of the restrictions described above and any accompanying effects. Moreover, the Federal Reserve has taken action to lower the federal funds rate, which may negatively affect the Company's interest income, and therefore, earnings, financial condition and results of operations. In March 2020, the Company announced programs to support its customers during the COVID-19 pandemic. A number of borrowers have enrolled in programs to defer all loan payments for periods up to six months. These programs may negatively impact revenue and other results of operations in the near term and, if not effective in mitigating the effect of COVID-19 to clients, may adversely affect the business and results of operations more substantially over a longer period of time. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in meaningfully lower stock prices for many companies, as well as the trading prices for many other securities. The further spread of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as ongoing or new governmental, regulatory and private sector responses to the pandemic, may materially disrupt banking and other economic activity generally and in the areas in which the Company operates. This could result in further decline in demand for banking products and services and could negatively impact, among other things, liquidity, regulatory capital and future growth. Any one or more of these developments could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is taking precautions to protect the safety and well-being of its customers and employees. However, no assurance can be given that the steps being taken will be adequate or deemed to be appropriate, nor can the Company predict the level of disruption which will occur to the Company's employees’ ability to provide the expected level of client support and service. If the Company is unable to recover from a business disruption on a timely basis, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The Company may also incur additional costs to remedy damages caused 21 by such disruptions, which could further adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. Even after COVID-19 has subsided, the Company may continue to experience materially adverse impacts to its business as a result of the virus’ global economic impact, including the availability of credit, adverse impacts on liquidity and any recession that has occurred or may occur in the future. There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the spread of COVID-19 as a global pandemic may have and, as a result, the ultimate impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and subject to change. The full extent is not yet known and the Company cannot predict the full extent of the impacts on its business, operations or the global economy as a whole. The Company may be adversely affected by the emergency actions taken by the United States government to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the United States economy. The United States government has taken a number of actions to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the United States economy. Among other steps taken, the Federal Reserve cut the federal funds rate in March 2020, and also lowered the interest rate on emergency lending at the Discount Window and lengthened the term of loans to 90 days. In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. Key provisions of the CARES Act include one-time payments to individuals, strengthened unemployment insurance, additional health-care funding, loans and grants to certain businesses and temporary amendments to the Internal Revenue Code. The Small Business Administration (“SBA”) was tapped to lead the effort to loan funds to small businesses, in conjunction with banks. The Federal Reserve and the United States Treasury have also responded with lending programs under the CARES Act. Further, the Federal Reserve has intervened with a number of credit facilities intended to keep the capital markets liquid. There can be no assurance that these interventions by the United States government will be successful in mitigating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and it is unclear what the cumulative effect of these extraordinary actions by the United States government will be on the economy as a whole and upon the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its clients, both in the short- and long-term. The Company's business depends upon the general economic conditions of the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia, and may be adversely affected by downturns in these and the other local economies in which it operates. The Company's financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services it offers, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where it operates, including the State of West Virginia, the Commonwealth of Virginia and the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, low unemployment, high business and investor confidence and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment; natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors. Continued economic pressure on consumers and uncertainty regarding continuing economic improvement may result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and savings habits. Such conditions, combined with continued oil price volatility, could have a material adverse effect on the credit quality of the Company's loans and its business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of West Virginia and Virginia and the specific local markets in which it operates. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and financial services primarily to customers across West Virginia and Virginia. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for the Company's products and services as well as the ability of its customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of its deposit funding sources. Moreover, approximately 29.2% of the securities in the Company's municipal securities portfolio were issued by political subdivisions or agencies within West Virginia and Virginia. A significant decline in general economic conditions in West Virginia or Virginia, 22 whether caused by recession, inflation, unemployment, changes in crude oil prices, changes in securities markets, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. A significant portion of the Company's loans are secured by real estate concentrated in the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of Virginia, which may adversely affect its earnings and capital if real estate values decline. Nearly 68.5% of the Company's total loans are real estate interests (residential, non-residential including both owner-occupied and investment real estate and construction and land development) mainly concentrated in West Virginia and Virginia, a relatively small geographic area. As a result, declining real estate values in these markets could negatively impact the value of the real estate collateral securing such loans. If the Company is required to liquidate a significant amount of collateral during a period of reduced real estate values in satisfaction of any non-performing or defaulted loans, its earnings and capital could be adversely affected. Severe weather, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, acts of war or terrorism or other external events could have significant effects on the Company's business. Severe weather and natural disasters, including tornados, drought and floods, epidemics and pandemics, acts of war or terrorism or other external events or the fear of such events could have a significant effect on the Company's ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of its deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery and business continuity policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. The COVID-19 pandemic, trade wars, tariffs and similar events and disputes, domestic and international, have adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic activity globally, nationally and locally. Market interest rates have declined significantly. Such events also may adversely affect business and consumer confidence generally. The Company and its customers, and respective suppliers, vendors and processors may be adversely affected. Any such adverse changes may adversely affect the Company's profitability, growth, asset quality and financial condition. The ongoing COVID-19 outbreak and its dynamic nature, including uncertainties relating to the ultimate geographic spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the outbreak and actions that may be taken by governmental authorities to contain the outbreak or to treat its impact has affected and will likely continue to affect the Company's business and results of operations. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused changes in the behavior of customers, businesses and their employees, including illness, quarantines, social distancing practices, cancellation of events and travel, business and school shutdowns, reduction in commercial activity and financial transactions, supply chain interruptions, increased unemployment and overall economic and financial market instability. The Federal Reserve stated in late February 2020 that it was closely monitoring COVID-19 developments and their effects on the economic outlook, and would act appropriately to support the economy. In March 2020, the Federal Reserve reduced the target federal funds rate by 150 basis points to between 0.0% to 0.25%. The Federal Reserve also announced it was purchasing Treasury bills until the economy reaches full employment and inflation stays at 2% and will continue to reinvest amounts of principal received by the Federal Reserve on its portfolio of treasury and agency debt and mortgage-backed securities. Lastly, the Federal Reserve also reduced the interest it pays on excess reserves from 1.10% to 0.10%. The Company expects that such reductions in interest rates will adversely affect its net interest income, margins and profitability. Risks Related to the Company's Business As a participating lender in the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), the Company is subject to additional risks of litigation from clients or other parties regarding its processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guarantees. In March 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law and included a $349 billion loan program administered through the SBA referred to as the PPP. Under the PPP, which opened in April 2020, small businesses and other entities and individuals can apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. The Bank is participating as a lender in the PPP. Because of the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP, which exposes the Company to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP. In mid-April, 2020, the SBA notified lenders that the $349 billion earmarked for the PPP was exhausted. Later in April 2020, an additional $310 billion of PPP 23 loan funding was authorized. Since the opening of the PPP, several other larger banks have been subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures that such banks used in processing applications for the PPP. The Company may be exposed to the risk of litigation, from both clients and non-clients that contacted the Bank regarding PPP loans, regarding the process and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP. If any such litigation is filed against the Company and is not resolved in a favorable manner, it may result in significant financial liability or adversely affect the Company's reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP-related litigation could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company also has credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded or serviced, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated, funded or serviced, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency. The Company's non-residential real estate loans expose it to greater risks of non-payment and loss than residential mortgage loans, which may cause it to increase its allowance for loan losses, which would reduce net income. At December 31, 2020, $1.17 billion, or approximately 80%, of the Company's loan portfolio consisted of non-residential real estate loans. Non-residential real estate loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans expose the Company to additional risks because they typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and are secured by collateral that may depreciate over time. These loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential mortgage loans. Because such loans generally entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, the Company may need to increase its allowance for loan losses in the future to account for the likely increase in probable incurred credit losses associated with the growth of such loans, which would reduce net income. Also, many of the Company's non- residential real estate borrowers have more than one loan outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose the Company to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a residential mortgage loan. The Company's allowance for loan losses could become inadequate and reduce earnings and capital. The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses that it believes is adequate for absorbing the estimated future losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management conducts a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio to determine the amount of the allowance for loan losses based upon general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio and performance of the Bank’s clients relative to their financial obligations with it. However, the amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic and other market conditions, including changes in interest rates and collateral values, which are beyond the Bank’s control, and these future losses may exceed its current estimates. Management performs stress tests on the loan portfolios to estimate future loan losses, but additional provisions for loan losses could be required in the future, including as a result of changes in the economic assumptions underlying management’s estimates and judgments, adverse developments in the economy on a national basis or in the Bank’s market area or changes in the circumstances of particular borrowers. The Company cannot predict with certainty the amount of losses or guarantee that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb future losses in the loan portfolio. Excessive loan losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The earnings from the Company's investment in ICM will be significantly reduced if ICM is not able to sell mortgages. The profitability of ICM depends in large part upon its ability to originate a high volume of loans and to sell them in the secondary market. Thus, ICM is dependent upon (i) the existence of an active secondary market and (ii) its ability to sell loans into that market. Volatile interest rate environments could increase this risk initially. However, past performance supports the Company's ability to fund the increase in ICM's production. ICM’s ability to readily sell mortgage loans is dependent upon the availability of an active secondary market for single-family mortgage loans, which in turn depends in part upon the continuation of programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other institutional and non-institutional investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Some of the largest participants in the secondary market, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, are 24 government-sponsored enterprises with substantial market influence whose activities are governed by federal law. Any future changes in laws that significantly affect the activity of these government-sponsored enterprises and other institutional and non- institutional investors or any impairment of the ICM's ability to participate in such programs could, in turn, adversely affect the Company's results of operations. The Company's largest source of revenue (net interest income) is subject to interest rate risk. The Bank’s financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in interest rates. The Bank’s earnings depend primarily upon its net interest income, which is the difference between its interest income earned on its interest- earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and its interest expense paid on its interest-bearing liabilities, consisting of deposits and borrowings. Moreover, the loans included in the Company's interest-earning assets are primarily comprised of variable and adjustable rate loans. Net interest income is subject to interest rate risk in the following ways: l In general, for a given change in interest rates, the amount of change in value (positive or negative) is larger for assets and liabilities with longer remaining maturities. The shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields, funding costs and investment income differently. l The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as payment behavior changes in response to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates decline sharply, loans may prepay, or pay down, faster than anticipated, thus reducing future cash flows and interest income. Conversely, if interest rates increase, depositors may cash in their certificates of deposit prior to maturity (notwithstanding any applicable early withdrawal penalties) or otherwise reduce their deposits to pursue higher yielding investment alternatives. l Re-pricing frequencies and maturity profiles for assets and liabilities may occur at different times. For example, in a falling rate environment, if assets re-price faster than liabilities, there will be an initial decline in earnings. Moreover, if assets and liabilities re-price at the same time, they may not be by the same increment. For instance, if the federal funds rate increased 50 basis points, rates on demand deposits may rise by ten basis points; whereas rates on prime-based loans will instantly rise 50 basis points. Financial instruments do not respond in a parallel fashion to rising or falling interest rates. This causes asymmetry in the magnitude of changes to net interest income, net economic value and investment income resulting from the hypothetical increases and decreases in interest rates. Interest rate risk is more fully described in Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included elsewhere in this report. The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company's credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and market area and failure to effectively compete could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the various markets where the Company operates. The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Also, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. For example, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Further, many of the Company's 25 competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than the Company can. The Company's ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things: l Ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets; l Ability to expand the Company's market position; l Scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands; l Rate at which the Company introduces new products and services relative to its competitors; l Customer satisfaction with the Company's level of service; and l Industry and general economic trends. Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken the Company's competitive position, which could adversely affect its growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. The value of the Company's goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $4.8 million of goodwill and other intangible assets. A significant decline in the Company's expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and sustained decline in the price of its common stock may necessitate taking charges in the future related to the impairment of its goodwill and other intangible assets. If the Company were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets is necessary, it would record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may adversely impact the value of, and the return on, the Company's financial instruments that are indexed to LIBOR. The United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that it will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. In November 2020, the LIBOR administrator published a consultation regarding its intention to delay the date on which it will cease publication of United States dollar LIBOR from December 31, 2021 to June 30, 2023 for the most common tenors of United States dollar LIBOR, including the three-month LIBOR, but indicated no new contracts using United States dollar LIBOR should be entered into after December 31, 2021. Publication of non-United States dollar LIBOR would continue to cease after December 31, 2021. Notwithstanding the publication of this consultation, there is no assurance of how long LIBOR of any currency or tenor will continue to be published. It is impossible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR, whether LIBOR rates will cease to be published before December 31, 2021 or June 30, 2023, as applicable, or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Although the Alternative Reference Rates Committee has announced the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its recommended alternative to LIBOR, SOFR may not gain market acceptance or be widely used as a benchmark rate. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes, alternative reference rates, the elimination or replacement of LIBOR, or other similar reforms may adversely affect the value of, and the return on, the Company's financial instruments. New lines of business or new products and services may subject the Company to additional risks. The Company is focused on its long-term growth and have undertaken various new business initiatives, many of which involve activities that are new to it, or in some cases, are in the early stages of development. From time to time, the Company may develop, grow and/or acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets for these products and services are not fully developed. For example, the Company is involved in new innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech. The Company also acquired Chartwell in September 2019, which provides integrated regulatory compliance, state licensing, financial crimes prevention and enterprise risk 26 management services that include consulting, outsourcing, testing and training solutions. Given the Company's evolving business and product diversification, these new initiatives may subject it to, among other risks, increased business, reputational and operational risk, as well as more complex legal, regulatory and compliance costs and risks. Furthermore, the Bank has several large depositor relationships that are concentrated in the Fintech industry and the loss of any relationship could force the Company to fund its business through more expensive and less stable sources. Also, the Bank is engaged in relationships with clients in the payments, digital savings, cryptocurrency, crowd funding, lottery and gaming industries and any change in regulations could impact the Company from both an operational and regulatory perspective. As of December 31, 2020, total gaming deposits represent approximately 18% of the Company's total deposits. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company's system of internal controls. All service offerings, including current offerings and those which may be provided in the future, may become more risky due to changes in economic, competitive and market conditions beyond the Company's control. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company's investments in Fintech companies and initiatives subject it to material financial, reputational and strategic risks. The Company's investments in various Fintech companies have had a significant impact on its results of operations, and it anticipates they will continue to have a significant impact on its results of operations in the future. Any investments where the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control over the operating and financial policies of the investee, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. For investments accounted for under the equity method, the Company increases or decreases its investment by its proportionate share of the investee’s net income or loss. Any investments where the Company is not able to exercise significant influence over the investee are accounted for under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, where changes in fair value resulting from observable price changes arising from orderly transactions are recognized in net income. The Company also periodically evaluates its investments for impairment. Please refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information. Any earnings from the Company's Fintech investments can be volatile and difficult to predict. Furthermore, the Company invests in many of these Fintech companies for strategic purposes. Where the Company is a minority shareholder, it may be unable to influence the activities of these organizations, which could have an adverse impact on its ability to execute its strategic initiatives and successfully develop and implement the banking platform it is developing with these and other partners. Potential acquisitions may disrupt the Company's business and dilute stockholder value. The Company generally seeks merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. Acquiring other banks, businesses or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things: l Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company; l Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company; l Potential disruption to the Company's business; l Potential diversion of management’s time and attention; l Possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company; l Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company; and l Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and therefore, some dilution of the Company's tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. 27 Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is subject to liquidity risk, which could disrupt the ability to meet its financial obligations. Liquidity refers to the ability of the Company to ensure sufficient levels of cash to fund operations, such as meeting deposit withdrawals, funding loan commitments, paying expenses and meeting periodic payment obligations under certain subordinated debentures issued by the Company in connection with the issuance of floating rate redeemable trust preferred securities. The source of the funds for the Company’s debt obligations is dependent on the Bank. Any significant restriction or disruption of the Company’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could have a negative effect on the Company’s ability to satisfy its current and future financial obligations, which could materially affect the Company’s financial condition. Limited availability of borrowings and liquidity from the FHLB system and other sources could negatively impact earnings. The Bank is currently a member bank of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Membership in this system of quasi-governmental, regional home loan oriented agency banks allows it to participate in various programs offered by the FHLB. The Bank borrows funds from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial mortgage loans, and if applicable, investment securities with collateral values in excess of the outstanding balances. Current and future earnings shortfalls and minimum capital requirements of the FHLB may impact the collateral necessary to secure borrowings and limit the borrowings extended to their member banks, as well as require additional capital contributions by member banks. Should this occur, the Bank's short-term liquidity needs could be negatively impacted. If the Bank were restricted from using FHLB advances due to weakness in the system or with the FHLB of Pittsburgh, it may be forced to find alternative funding sources. If the Bank is required to rely more heavily on higher cost funding sources, revenues may not increase proportionately to cover these costs, which would adversely affect results of operations and financial position. Interruption to the Company's information systems or breaches in security, including as a result of cyberattacks or other cyber incidents, could adversely affect the its operations or otherwise harm its business. The Company relies on information systems and communications for operating and monitoring all major aspects of business, as well as internal management functions. Any failure, interruption, intrusion or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the customer relationship, management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. There have been several cyberattacks on websites of large financial services companies. Even if not directed at the Company specifically, attacks on other entities with whom it does business, or on whom it otherwise relies, or attacks on financial or other institutions important to the overall functioning of the financial system could adversely affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of the Company's business. Cyberattacks on third-party retailers or other business establishments that widely accept debit card or check payments could compromise sensitive Bank customer information, such as debit card and account numbers. Such an attack could result in significant costs to the Bank, such as costs to reimburse customers, reissue debit cards and open new customer accounts. In addition, there have been efforts on the part of third parties to breach data security at financial institutions, including through the use of social engineering schemes such as “phishing.” The ability of customers to bank remotely, including online and through mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches. Because the techniques used to attack financial services company communications and information systems change frequently (and generally increase in sophistication), attacks are often not recognized until launched against a target and the Company may be unable to address these techniques in advance of attacks, including by implementing adequate preventative measures. The Company may also be unable to prevent attacks that are supported by foreign governments or other well-financed entities and that may originate from less regulated and remote areas of the world. The occurrence of any such failure, disruption or security breach of the Company's information systems, particularly if widespread or resulting in financial losses to the Company's customers, could damage its reputation and its relationships with its partners and customers, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny and expose it to civil litigation and possible financial liability. These risks could have a material effect on the Company's business, results of 28 operations and financial condition. The Company continually encounters technological change and failure to continually adapt to such change could materially impact its financial condition and results of operations. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The Company's future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. Many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, or deposit funds electronically with banks having no branches within the Company's market area, which could affect net income. Technology and other changes allow parties to complete financial transactions without banks. For example, consumers can pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks. Consumers can also shop for higher deposit interest rates at banks across the country, which may offer higher rates because they have few or no physical branches and open deposit accounts electronically. This process could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of client deposits and the income generated from those deposits, in addition to increasing funding costs. The Company's operations rely on certain external vendors who may not perform in a satisfactory manner. The Company is reliant upon certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain its day-to-day operations. Accordingly, its operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or service level agreements. The Company maintains a system of policies and procedures designed to monitor vendor risks including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure; (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial condition; and (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or the service level agreements could be disruptive to operations, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities. A significant portion of the Company's loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit its ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase exposure to environmental liability. Environmental reviews of real property before initiating foreclosure actions may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties which, if inaccurate, could have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Company may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. The Company may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. 29 The Company is at risk for an adverse impact on business due to damage to its reputation. Our ability to compete effectively, to attract and retain customers and employees, and to grow our business is dependent on maintaining our reputation and having the trust of our customers and employees. Many types of developments, if publicized, can negatively impact a company’s reputation with adverse consequences to its business. To an increasing extent, financial services companies, including the Company, may face criticism for engaging in business with specific customers or with customers in particular industries, where the customers’ activities, even if legal, are perceived as having harmful impacts on matters such as environment, consumer health and safety or society at large. Criticism can come in many forms, including for providing banking services to companies engaged in, for example, the gaming industry or cryptocurrency. Many of these issues are divisive without broad agreement as to the appropriate steps a company should take and often with strong feelings on both sides. As a result, however we respond to such criticism, we expose ourselves to the risks that current or potential customers decline to do business with us or current or potential employees refuse to work for us. This can be true regardless of whether we are perceived by some as not having done enough to address concerns or by others as having inappropriately yielded to pressures. This pressure can also be a factor in decisions as to which business opportunities and customers we pursue, potentially resulting in foregone profit opportunities. The Company may also face criticism in response to changes in overall strategic direction, the addition of new lines of business, the exit of current lines of business or with openings or closures of certain banking centers. Risks Related to the Legal and Regulatory Environment Changes in tax law may adversely affect the Company's performance and create the risk that it may need to adjust its accounting for these changes. The Company is subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and ad valorem taxes. Changes to the Company's taxes could have a material adverse effect on its performance. In addition, customers are subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by customers may adversely affect their ability to purchase homes or consumer products, which could adversely affect their demand for loans and deposit products. In addition, such negative effects on customers could result in defaults on the loans and decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities in which the Company has invested. The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision and possible enforcement and other legal actions that could detrimentally affect its business. The Company, primarily through the Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, which vests a significant amount of discretion in the various regulatory authorities. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations and supervisory guidance affect the Company's lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. The Dodd-Frank Act instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or supervisory guidance, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject it to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in enforcement and other legal actions by Federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. For further detail, please refer to the sections captioned Supervision and Regulation included in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. 30 Failure to meet any of the various capital adequacy guidelines which the Company is subject to could adversely affect its operations and could compromise its status as a financial holding company. The Company and the Bank are required to meet certain regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the United States Department of Treasury. If the Company or the Bank fails to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, the Company's financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected and could compromise its status as a financial holding company. Please refer to the sections captioned Supervision and Regulation – Capital Requirements included in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, for detailed capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. The Company is a financial holding company and its sources of funds are limited. The Company is a financial holding company and its operations are primarily conducted by the Bank, which is subject to significant federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to shareholders of the Company is derived primarily from dividends paid by the Bank. As a result, the Company’s ability to receive dividends or loans from its Bank subsidiary is restricted. Under federal law, the payment of dividends by the Bank is subject to capital adequacy requirements. The Federal Reserve Board and/or the FDIC prohibit a dividend payment by the Company or the Bank that would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Please refer to the sections captioned Supervision and Regulation – Limit on Dividends included in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The inability of the Bank to generate profits and pay such dividends to the Company, or regulator restrictions on the payment of such dividends to the Company even if earned, would have an adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders. In addition, since the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of the Bank upon the Bank’s liquidation, reorganization or otherwise will be subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors, which will generally take priority over the Bank’s shareholders. Risks Associated With the Company's Common Stock The trading volume in the Company's common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. Shares of the Company's common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market in December 2017 under the symbol “MVBF” and were previously traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. There has been limited trading in its shares over the last 12 months. If limited trading in the Company's common stock continues, it may be difficult for investors to sell such shares in the public market at any given time at prevailing prices. Also, the sale of a large block of the Company's common stock could depress the market price of the common stock to a greater degree than a company that typically has a higher volume of trading of its securities. If the Company is unable to maintain compliance with Nasdaq listing requirements, its stock could be delisted, and the trading price, volume and marketability of the stock could be adversely affected. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to maintain compliance with Nasdaq’s present listing standards, or that Nasdaq will not implement additional listing standards with which it will be unable to comply. Failure to maintain compliance with Nasdaq listing requirements could result in the delisting of the Company's shares from trading on the Nasdaq system, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price, volume and marketability of the common stock. The Company's stock price can be volatile. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for shareholders to resell their common stock when they want and at prices they find attractive. The Company's stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things: l actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; l recommendations by securities analysts; l operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company; 31 l news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry; l perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Company and/or its competitors; l new technology used, or services offered, by competitors; l significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving the Company or its competitors; l failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions; l changes in government regulations; and l geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts. General market fluctuations, including real or anticipated changes in the strength of the economies the Company serves; industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions; interest rate changes, crude oil price volatility or credit loss trends could also cause the Company's stock price to decrease, regardless of operating results. The Company's ability to pay dividends is not certain and it may be unable to pay future dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of The Company's common stock may be shareholders' sole opportunity for gains on their investment for the foreseeable future. The Company's ability to pay dividends in the future is not certain. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of its Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions and other factors that its Board of Directors may deem relevant. The holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, and if declared by its Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. As part of its consideration of whether to pay cash dividends, the Company intends to retain adequate funds from future earnings to support the development and growth of its business. In addition, the Company's ability to pay dividends is restricted by federal policies and regulations and by the terms of its existing indebtedness. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of net income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. For further information, please refer to the section captioned Supervision and Regulation – Limit on Dividends in Item 1 – Business included elsewhere in this report. General Risk Factors The Company is exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company is required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. At December 31, 2020, the Company has no material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting; however, a material weakness could occur in the future. A “material weakness” is a control deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. If the Company fails to maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting that meets the requirements of Section 404, it may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities. Additionally, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by the Company of a material weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in its financial statements and its stock price may be adversely affected. If the Company fails to remedy any material weakness, its financial statements may be inaccurate, it may not have access to the capital markets, and its stock price may be adversely affected. The value of the securities in the Company's investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by disruptions in securities markets. Due to credit and liquidity risks and economic volatility, making the determination of the value of a securities portfolio is less certain. A decline in market value associated with these disruptions could result in other-than-temporary or permanent impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges which could have a material negative effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. The Company's accounting policies and estimates are critical to how it reports its financial condition and results of operations, and any changes to such accounting policies and estimates could materially affect how the Company 32 reports its financial condition and results of operations. Accounting policies and estimates are fundamental to how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. The Company's management makes judgments and assumptions in selecting and adopting various accounting policies and in applying estimates so that such policies and estimates comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments and contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability or reducing a liability. Because of the uncertainty surrounding management's judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, actual outcomes may be materially different from amounts previously estimated. For example, because of the inherent uncertainty of estimates, the Bank could need to significantly increase its allowance for loan losses if actual losses are more than the amount reserved. Any increase in its allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company cannot guarantee that it will not be required to adjust accounting policies or restate prior financial statements. Please refer to the section captioned Allowance for Loan Losses in Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to the Company's process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Further, from time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company's financial statements. Recent economic conditions have resulted in continuing scrutiny of accounting standards by legislators and regulators, particularly as they relate to fair value accounting principles. In addition, ongoing efforts to achieve convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards may result in changes to U.S. GAAP. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in it restating prior period financial statements or otherwise adversely affecting its financial condition or results of operations. The Company's accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models which may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate which could result in unexpected losses, insufficient allowances for loan losses, or unexpected fluctuations in the value of its financial instruments. The processes the Company uses to estimate its inherent loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on its financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models used for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, the Company may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models the Company uses for determining its probable loan losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models used to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what the Company could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in the Company's analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Company, through the Bank, owns its main office located at 301 Virginia Avenue in Fairmont, WV. The Company’s subsidiaries own or lease various other offices in the counties and cities in which they operate. As of December 31, 2020, the Company operated 13 full-service banking branches, including three full service banking branches acquired from First State in April 2020, in the locations further described in Item 1 – Business included elsewhere in this report. Seven of the 13 full-service banking branches are owned and the remaining six are leased. In January 2020, the Company closed one branch location in Morgantown, WV. In April 2020, the Company sold three Bank 33 branch locations in Berkeley County, WV, and one Bank branch location in Jefferson County, WV, pursuant to a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with Summit. No one facility is material to the Company. Management believes that the facilities are generally in good condition and suitable for the operations for which they are used. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time in the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries may be subject to claims, asserted or unasserted or named as a party to lawsuits or investigations. Litigation, in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation, in particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with any certainty, and in the case of more complex legal proceedings, the results can be difficult to predict. The Company is not aware of any material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their property is the subject. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 34 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES The Company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MVBF.” As of March 8, 2021, MVB Financial Corp. had approximately 920 stockholders of record. In 2020 2019 and 2018, the Company paid dividends totaling $0.36, $0.195 and $0.11, respectively, per share and currently expects that comparable dividends will continue to be paid in the future. The following five-year performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends) on the Company’s common stock to the KBW Bank Index and the Russell 2000 Index. The stock performance graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2015, and the cumulative return is measured as of each subsequent fiscal year end. Total Return Performance $200 $175 e u l a V x e d n I $150 $125 $100 $75 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 Period Ending MVB Financial Corp. KBW Bank Index Russell 2000 Index MVB Financial Corp. KBW Bank Index Russell 2000 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 12/31/2017 12/31/2018 12/31/2019 12/31/2020 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 100.00 98.32 $ 125.60 119.48 154.81 $ 146.02 135.18 139.92 $ 117.39 118.72 193.93 $ 155.12 146.89 179.58 133.98 173.86 Equity Compensation Plan Information Information about the Company’s equity compensation plan is disclosed below under Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities In April 2020, Paladin Fraud acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Paladin. The purchase price of the 35 transaction consisted of 19,278 unregistered shares of MVB common stock and an undisclosed amount of cash. Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers Details of the repurchases of the common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2020, are included in the following table: Period October 1 - October 31, 2020 November 1 - November 30, 2020 December 1 - December 31, 2020 Total Total number of shares purchased Average price paid per share 130,400 $ 1,500 $ 536,490 $ 668,390 17.00 16.37 20.25 Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs Maximum number (or approximate dollar value) of shares (or units) that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs 130,400 $ 1,500 $ 536,490 $ 668,390 1,582,679 1,558,121 31,866,000 Please refer to Note 13 – Stock Offerings accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. 36 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following consolidated summary sets forth the Company’s selected financial data that has been derived from its audited consolidated financial statements for each of the periods and at the dates indicated. (Dollars in thousands except per share data) Balance Sheet Data: Assets Investment securities Loans receivable, net Loans held-for-sale Deposits Subordinated debt Stockholders’ equity Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted Income Statement Data: Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan loss Net interest income after provision for loan loss Noninterest income Noninterest expense Income from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - continuing operations Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Preferred dividends Net income available to common shareholders Per Share Data: Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per share per common share - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per share per common share - diluted Cash dividends Book value Tangible book value 1 Asset Quality Ratios: Nonperforming loans to total loans Nonperforming assets to total assets Net charge-offs to total loans Allowance for loan losses to total loans Selected Ratios: 2020 $ 2,331,476 438,209 1,427,900 1,062 1,982,389 43,407 239,483 11,821,574 12,088,106 Years Ended December 31, 2018 2017 2019 $ 1,944,114 254,335 1,362,766 109,788 1,265,042 4,124 211,936 11,713,885 12,044,667 $ 1,750,969 231,213 1,293,427 75,807 1,309,154 17,524 176,773 11,030,984 12,722,003 $ 1,534,302 231,507 1,096,063 66,794 1,159,580 33,524 150,192 10,308,738 10,440,228 2016 $ 1,418,804 162,368 1,043,764 90,174 1,107,017 33,524 145,625 8,212,021 10,068,733 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 80,453 11,627 68,826 16,579 52,247 91,837 97,141 46,943 9,532 37,411 — 37,411 461 36,950 3.13 — 3.13 3.06 — 3.06 0.36 20.14 19.73 82,361 22,961 59,400 1,789 57,611 64,604 87,201 35,014 8,450 26,564 427 26,991 479 26,512 2.22 0.04 2.26 2.16 0.04 2.20 0.195 17.13 15.20 $ $ 69,760 17,706 52,054 2,440 49,614 38,640 72,878 15,376 3,373 12,003 — 12,003 489 11,514 1.04 — 1.04 1.00 — 1.00 0.11 14.55 12.92 56,598 12,301 44,297 2,173 42,124 40,706 70,500 12,330 4,755 7,575 — 7,575 498 7,077 0.69 — 0.69 0.68 — 0.68 0.10 13.63 11.80 54,123 11,132 42,991 3,632 39,359 43,205 69,209 13,355 4,378 8,977 3,935 12,912 1,128 11,784 0.96 0.48 1.44 0.92 0.39 1.31 0.08 12.93 11.01 0.9 % 0.8 0.1 1.8 0.4 % 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.5 % 0.5 0.1 0.8 0.9 % 0.7 0.1 0.9 0.6 % 0.5 0.2 0.9 Return on average assets - continuing operations Return on average equity - continuing operations Dividend payout Efficiency Equity to assets Bank common equity tier 1 capital Bank tier 1 risk-based capital Bank total risk-based capital Bank leverage 1.7 % 16.7 11.4 60.5 10.3 14.6 14.6 15.8 11.0 1.4 % 13.6 8.5 70.3 10.9 12.1 12.1 12.9 9.9 0.7 % 7.5 10.2 80.4 10.1 12.5 12.5 13.3 10.2 0.5 % 5.2 13.6 82.9 9.8 13.3 13.3 14.2 10.7 0.6 % 7.3 5.0 80.3 10.3 13.6 13.6 14.5 10.9 1 This is a non-U.S. GAAP measure that the Company believes is helpful to interpreting financial results. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, please refer to the “Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation” below. 37 (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data) 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation Years Ended/As of December 31, Goodwill Intangibles Total intangibles Total Equity Less: Preferred equity Less: Total intangibles Tangible common equity $ 2,350 $ 19,630 $ 18,480 $ 18,480 $ 2,400 4,750 3,473 23,103 550 19,030 646 19,126 18,480 744 19,224 $ 239,483 $ 211,936 $ 176,773 $ 150,192 $ 145,625 (7,334) (4,750) 227,399 (7,334) (23,103) 181,499 (7,834) (19,030) 149,909 (7,834) (19,126) 123,232 (16,334) (19,224) 110,067 Tangible common equity Common shares outstanding Tangible book value per common share $ $ 227,399 $ 181,499 $ 149,909 $ 123,232 $ 110,067 11,526 11,944 11,607 10,445 19.73 $ 15.20 $ 12.92 $ 11.80 $ 9,997 11.01 38 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. A discussion of changes in the Company's results of operations from 2018 to 2019 has been omitted from this report, but may be found in Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2020. Further, the Company encourages you to revisit the Forward-Looking Statements at the beginning of this report. Executive Summary Financial Results Total assets increased $387.4 million to $2.33 billion at December 31, 2020 from $1.94 billion at December 31, 2019. Earning assets increased $388.8 million to $2.15 billion at December 31, 2020 from $1.76 billion at December 31, 2019. This increase of $388.8 million in earning assets was primarily driven by the $235.2 million increase in interest-bearing deposits with other banks due to increased deposit growth. Deposits increased $717.3 million to $1.98 billion at December 31, 2020, from $1.27 billion at December 31, 2019. The overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the Company was 0.85% in 2020 compared to 1.68% in 2019. This cost of interest-bearing liabilities, combined with the earning asset yield, resulted in a net interest margin (tax- equivalent) of 3.57% in 2020 compared to 3.53% in 2019. Net interest income increased $9.4 million, noninterest income increased $27.2 million and noninterest expenses increased by $9.9 million during 2020 compared to 2019. The Company’s yield on earning assets (tax-equivalent) in 2020 was 4.17% compared to 4.87% in 2019. Total loans increased by $79.2 million to $1.45 billion at December 31, 2020. The Company earned $37.4 million in 2020 compared to $27.0 million in 2019, an increase of $10.4 million. The 2020 earnings equated to a return on average assets of 1.7% and a return on average equity of 16.7%, compared to 2019 results of 1.4% and 13.6%, respectively. Basic earnings per share were $3.13 in 2020 compared to $2.26 in 2019. Diluted earnings per share were $3.06 in 2020 compared to $2.20 in 2019. COVID-19 Pandemic The COVID-19 pandemic has introduced a great degree of uncertainty to both the global and domestic economy, as well as financial markets. The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and continues to evolve. Financial markets adjusted dramatically to the reduced economic activity and the pace of recovery is uncertain. The financial market benchmark most relevant to the Company’s current and future profitability is the United States Government Treasury yield curve. The United States Government Treasury yield curve is used as a basis for the pricing of most bonds, loans, borrowings, deposits and other fixed income yield curves. The United States Government Treasury yield curve has experienced a large, relatively parallel, downward shift. Given the Company’s asset-sensitive position, management expects that net interest income will decline. As the outlook for the COVID-19 pandemic improves, management expects that the United States Government Treasury curve will experience some degree of an upward shift over time. Management expects that some clients will be unable to meet their financial obligations in the near-term as a result of the decreased economic activity brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic. However, management does not expect that these credit concerns will perpetuate indefinitely. Many clients may be eligible to defer loan payments to a later date. The Company actively participated in the PPP, is evaluating other programs available to assist its clients and is providing consumer deferrals consistent with government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) guidelines. Management is working to incorporate scenarios that reflect decreased loan cash flows in the short term into the Company’s interest rate risk models. There was considerable demand for the PPP implemented by the CARES Act to combat the economic slowdown brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic. The PPP was created to provide funding to small business owners who may have had to temporarily close or scale back production as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The intended use of this funding is to pay employees who may be temporarily unable to work. The original tranche of PPP funding of $349 billion ran out 13 days after the program's implementation. The second tranche of PPP funding of $310 billion had funds available as of the program's closure date. On July 2, 2020, additional legislation was passed that allowed small businesses to apply for loans through August 8, 2020. On January 8, 2021, the SBA announced that the PPP program would reopen on January 11, 2021 for new borrowers and certain existing PPP 39 borrowers. During the latest round, funds totaling $284 billion were authorized through March 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, commercial loans totaling $34.7 million and mortgage loans totaling $13.5 million were approved for modifications, such as interest-only payments and payment deferrals. These modifications were not considered to be troubled debt restructurings in reliance on guidance issued by banking regulators titled the “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus.” The Company originated 455 PPP loans with original balances of $92.8 million and outstanding balances of $82.0 million as of December 31, 2020 are included on the Company's balance sheet. Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin (Average Balance Schedules) The following tables present, for the periods indicated, information about (1) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest income from interest earning assets and the resultant average yields; (2) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average rates; (3) the interest rate spread; (4) net interest income and margin; and (5) net interest income and margin (on a tax-equivalent basis). The average balances presented are derived from daily average balances. 40 Average Balances and Analysis of Net Interest Income 2020 Interest Income/ Expense Average Balance Yield/ Cost Average Balance 2019 Interest Income/ Expense Yield/ Cost Average Balance 2018 Interest Income/ Expense Yield/ Cost $ 125,259 $ 12,484 191 246 0.15 % $ 9,264 $ 1.97 14,097 209 280 2.26 % $ 5,176 $ 1.99 14,778 108 295 2.09 % 2.00 121,607 144,389 2,448 2.01 5,361 3.71 129,486 103,235 3,055 2.36 4,456 4.32 150,134 79,161 3,580 2.38 3,557 4.49 1,136,858 54,434 4.79 987,674 53,087 5.37 854,108 43,099 5.05 8,966 422 4.70 12,549 561 4.47 14,352 632 4.40 403,166 18,100 4.49 447,891 21,220 4.74 395,302 18,794 4.75 6,973 465 6.67 8,948 547 6.11 11,349 575 5.07 1,555,963 73,421 4.72 1,457,062 75,415 5.18 1,275,111 63,100 4.95 1,959,702 81,667 4.17 1,713,144 83,415 4.87 1,524,360 70,640 4.63 (18,079) 26,460 181,439 $ 2,149,522 (11,318) 17,625 131,370 $ 1,850,821 (10,530) 16,828 106,600 $ 1,637,258 (Dollars in thousands) Assets Interest-bearing deposits in banks CDs with banks Investment securities: Taxable Tax-exempt 2 Loans and loans held-for-sale: 1 3 Commercial Tax-exempt 2 Real estate Consumer Total loans Total earning assets Less: Allowance for loan losses Cash and due from banks Other assets Total assets Liabilities Deposits: Negotiable order of withdrawal $ 408,110 $ 2,521 0.62 $ 381,092 $ 3,586 0.94 $ 432,789 $ 3,246 0.75 Money market checking 458,606 2,680 0.58 331,636 5,144 1.55 245,008 2,455 1.00 Savings IRAs CDs Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt 45,420 13,691 6 0.01 218 1.59 349,787 4,869 1.39 9,856 68,407 7,568 23 0.23 1,049 1.53 261 3.45 38,324 17,415 387,660 11,252 183,812 12,124 4 0.01 329 1.89 8,376 2.16 48 0.43 4,704 2.56 770 6.35 44,049 17,894 319,720 18,536 190,686 25,774 29 0.07 285 1.59 5,620 1.76 56 0.30 4,259 2.23 1,756 6.81 Total interest-bearing liabilities 1,361,445 11,627 0.85 1,363,315 22,961 1.68 1,294,456 17,706 1.37 Noninterest-bearing demand deposits Other liabilities Total liabilities 502,457 61,169 1,925,071 Stockholders’ equity Preferred stock Common stock Additional paid-in capital Treasury stock Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 7,334 12,047 130,314 (2,638) 77,043 351 Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 224,451 $ 2,149,522 258,546 33,810 1,655,671 7,660 11,762 118,837 (1,084) 61,712 (3,737) 195,150 $ 1,850,821 171,631 10,304 1,476,391 7,834 11,082 107,669 (1,084) 42,509 (7,143) 160,867 $ 1,637,258 Net interest spread (tax-equivalent) Net interest income and margin (tax-equivalent) 2 Less: Tax-equivalent adjustments Net interest spread $ 70,040 (1,214) 3.32 3.57 % 3.25 $ 60,454 (1,054) 3.19 3.53 % 3.13 $ 52,934 (880) 3.26 3.47 % 3.21 Net interest income and margin $ 59,400 1 Non-accrual loans are included in total loan balances, lowering the effective yield for the portfolio in the aggregate. 2 In order to make pre-tax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt loans and investment securities comparable to those on taxable loans and investment securities, a tax-equivalent adjustment has been computed using a Federal tax rate of 21% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, which is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the reconciliation of this non-U.S. GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure following this table. 3 The Company’s PPP loans, totaling $82.0 million at December 31, 2020, are included in this amount for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. $ 68,826 $ 52,054 3.51 % 3.47 % 3.41 % 41 (Dollars in thousands) Net interest margin - U.S. GAAP basis Net interest income Average interest-earning assets Net interest margin Net interest margin - non-U.S. GAAP basis Net interest income Plus: Impact of fully tax-equivalent adjustment Net interest income on a fully-tax equivalent basis Average interest-earning assets $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 68,826 $ 59,400 $ 1,959,702 3.51 % 1,713,144 3.47 % 52,054 1,524,360 3.41 % 68,826 $ 59,400 $ 1,214 70,040 1,054 60,454 52,054 880 52,934 1,959,702 $ 1,713,144 $ 1,524,360 Net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis 3.57 % 3.53 % 3.47 % Rate Volume Calculation The year over year change in rate volume to 2020 from 2019 is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Earning Assets Loans Commercial Tax-exempt Real estate Consumer Investment securities: Taxable Tax-exempt Interest-bearing deposits in banks CDs with banks Total earning assets Interest-bearing liabilities Negotiable order of withdrawal Money market checking Savings IRAs CDs Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt Total interest-bearing liabilities Total Net Interest Income Change in Volume Change in Rate Change in Both Rate & Volume Total Change $ $ $ $ $ 8,018 $ (160) (2,119) (121) (186) 1,776 2,617 (32) 9,793 $ 254 $ 1,969 1 (70) (818) (6) (2,954) (289) (1,913) $ 11,706 $ (5,796) $ 29 (1,112) 50 (448) (623) (195) (2) (8,097) $ (1,232) $ (3,206) 1 (52) (2,980) (22) (1,885) (352) (9,728) $ 1,631 $ (875) $ (8) 111 (11) 27 (248) (2,440) — (3,444) $ (87) $ (1,227) — 11 291 3 1,184 132 307 $ (3,751) $ 1,347 (139) (3,120) (82) (607) 905 (18) (34) (1,748) (1,065) (2,464) 2 (111) (3,507) (25) (3,655) (509) (11,334) 9,586 Net interest income is the amount by which interest income on earning assets exceeds interest expense incurred on interest- bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets include loans, investment securities and certificates of deposit in banks. Interest-bearing liabilities include interest-bearing deposits and borrowed funds such as sweep accounts and repurchase agreements. Net interest income, which is the primary source of revenue for the Bank, is also impacted by changes in market interest rates, as well as the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is impacted favorably by increases in noninterest bearing demand deposits and equity. 42 Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets and serves as a measurement of the net revenue stream generated by the Bank’s balance sheet. Net interest margin (tax equivalent) was 3.57% in 2020 compared to 3.53% in 2019. The net interest margin continues to face considerable pressure due to falling interest rates and competitive pricing of loans and deposits in the Bank’s markets. During 2020, the Federal Reserve lowered its key interest rate from a range of 1.50% to 1.75% to a range of 0.00% to 0.25%. Management’s estimate of the impact of future changes in market interest rates is shown in the section captioned Interest Rate Risk, in Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included elsewhere in this report. Net interest spread is calculated by taking the difference between interest earned on earning assets and interest paid on interest- bearing liabilities in an effort to maximize net interest income while maintaining an appropriate level of interest rate risk. Net interest spread (tax-equivalent) was 3.32% in 2020 compared to 3.19% and 3.26% in 2019 and 2018, respectively. The difference between the net interest margin (tax-equivalent) and net interest spread (tax-equivalent) was 25 basis points in 2020 compared to 34 basis points in 2019. This was due to an increase of $243.9 million in average noninterest bearing demand deposits. Company management continues to analyze methods to deploy assets into an earning asset mix which will result in a stronger net interest margin. Loan growth continues to be strong and management anticipates that loan activity will remain strong in the near- term future. During 2020, net interest income increased by $9.4 million, or 15.9%, to $68.8 million from $59.4 million in 2019. This increase is largely due to the decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 83 basis points outpacing the decrease in yield on earning assets of 70 basis points. Also impacting the yield were the Summit sale, First State accretion and amortization of PPP fees. Average total earning assets was $1.96 billion in 2020 compared to $1.71 billion in 2019. Although there was an increase in average total earning assets, total interest income decreased by $1.9 million, or 2.3%, to $80.5 million in 2020 from $82.4 million in 2019. This decrease in total interest income was driven by the effect of the Federal Reserve lowering its key interest rates, which resulted in the decrease in yield on earning assets of 70 basis points. Average total loans and loans held-for-sale increased to $1.56 billion in 2020 from $1.46 billion in 2019, primarily as the result of a $149.2 million increase in average commercial loans; however, PPP loans with an outstanding balance of $82.0 million accounted for a portion of the increase and carried just a 1% yield, outside of origination fee accretion. Yield on total loans and loans held-for-sale decreased 46 basis points. Changes in the balance sheet related to the Summit and First State transactions also impacted yield on earning assets. Average investment securities increased $33.3 million as the result of a $41.2 million increase in tax-exempt investments, partially offset by a $7.9 million decrease in taxable investments. Yield on tax-exempt securities decreased 61 basis points and taxable securities yield decreased 35 basis points. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased in 2020 by $1.9 million. The decrease was primarily the result of decreases of $115.4 million in the average balance of FHLB and other borrowings and $37.9 million in the average balance of certificates of deposit, partially offset by increases of $127.0 million in money market checking accounts and $27.0 million in the average balance of negotiable order of withdrawal accounts. Average interest-bearing deposits grew to $1.28 billion in 2020 from $1.16 billion in 2019. Total interest expense decreased by $11.3 million, caused primarily by a $7.1 million decrease in deposit interest and a $3.7 million decrease in interest on FHLB and other borrowings. The result was a 83-basis point decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities from 2019 to 2020. The Company’s average earning assets increased $246.6 million and net interest income increased by $9.4 million during 2020. The net interest margin continues to be pressured by falling rates and increased competition for high quality loan growth. The Bank’s yield on earning assets declined during 2020 due to decreases in the loan portfolio yield of 46 basis points, driven by the addition of PPP loans originated in the second quarter of 2020, and the investment portfolio yield of 29 basis points, while the cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased by 83 basis points. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 0.85% in 2020 from 1.68% in 2019. This decrease is primarily the result of decreases of 103 basis points in the cost of FHLB and other borrowings and a 70 basis point decrease in the cost of deposits. Further discussion on borrowings is included in Note 7 – Borrowed Funds accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Provision for Loan Losses The Company’s provision for loan losses for 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $16.6 million, $1.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively. 43 The provision for loan losses, which is a product of management’s quarterly analysis, is recorded in response to inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Substantially all of the increase in loan loss provision is the result of changes to the qualitative adjustment factors in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, enhancements to the qualitative adjustment factor framework itself and adjustments to the risk grading of significant loans within the portfolio, as well as changes in the outstanding balances of the loan portfolios, the level of recognized charge-offs and the resulting historical loss rates. Determining the appropriate provision for loan losses requires considerable management judgment. In exercising this judgment, management considers numerous internal and external factors including, but not limited to, portfolio growth, national and local economic conditions, trends in the markets served and guidance from the Bank’s primary regulators. Management has continued to evaluate the qualitative factor framework within the allowance for loan loss methodology in order to assess how well the framework can appropriately respond to the unprecedented risk presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, the framework was significantly enhanced to consider a much greater degree of risk than when the framework was originally designed. The framework has consistently generated an adequate allowance for loan loss within a generally stable economic environment, but the onset of the pandemic made it apparent that the framework required modifications to consider this greater degree of risk. These enhancements resulted in the need for $12.8 million in additional loan loss provision in 2020. While the ultimate timing and severity of impacts to the economic and business conditions in which we operate are not yet fully known, it is clear that the impacts will continue to be significant and it is likely that the impacts will evolve over time as businesses and individuals learn to adapt. The breadth of the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic and impacts impact on virtually all industries has created additional risk within the loan portfolios, despite there being no change to the nature of those portfolios. Furthermore, as a result of the ongoing analysis of the loan portfolios, a significant number of borrowers are experiencing a strain on their operations, and as a result present an greater risk of default. Additionally, consumer sentiment has been impacted. Other significant factors include the increasingly volatile social atmosphere, the evolving political climate in the United States and the distribution and acceptance of a COVID-19 vaccine. The unprecedented initiatives of the United States government to provide support to the economy through new loan programs has simultaneously served to temporarily mitigate some of the impacts to the economy and the Company's borrowers, while also adding some degree of increased risk to lending policies and procedures as a result of the pace and manner in which these programs have been developed and made available to the public. As a result, quantifiable evidence of the impacts to the Company's loan portfolios has not yet been fully realized in terms of delinquent loans or deterioration in collateral values. Meanwhile, as of December 31, 2020, management had not made any significant changes to lending strategies that would impact the concentrations of credit risk within those portfolios. Additionally, the risk grade adjustment of significant loans within the portfolio in response to increased risk presented by the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in the need for roughly $3.8 million in additional loan loss provision. Meanwhile, total loan balances, excluding purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans, increased $41.1 million in 2020 versus an increase of $69.7 million in 2019. The commercial loan portfolio increased by $77.3 million in 2020, in comparison to an increase of $122.8 million in 2019, while the residential mortgage loan portfolio decreased by $31.3 million and $23.3 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Included in the commercial and total loan volume increases are PPP loans totaling $82.0 million as of December 31, 2020. Also, net charge-offs in 2020 totaled $2.1 million, in comparison to net charge-offs of $1.0 million in 2019. Lastly, provision was impacted by a $0.7 million increase in the specific loan loss allocations in 2020, relative to a $0.5 million decrease in 2019. Noninterest Income Payment card and service charge income, mortgage fee income, consulting compliance income, and gains on equity securities generate the core of the Company’s noninterest income. During 2020, equity method investment income and gains on acquisition and divestiture activity have generated additional noninterest income. Total of noninterest income for 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $91.8 million, $64.6 million and $38.6 million, respectively. The increase in noninterest income for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily the result of increases of $24.2 million in income from ICM, $17.6 million in gains on acquisition and divestiture activity, $3.5 million in compliance consulting income and $3.5 million in gain on sale of equity securities. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $13.4 million in holding gain on equity securities and $7.6 million in mortgage fee income. Equity method investment income of $24.2 million was due to the ICM combination in July 2020. Prior to this combination, income from the Company's mortgage activities was recognized through mortgage fee income. Mortgage fee income decreased 44 $7.6 million from $41.0 million in 2019 to $33.4 million in 2020 due to the ICM combination in July 2020. Prior to this combination, income from the Company's mortgage activities was recognized through mortgage fee income. Gains on acquisition and divestiture activity of $17.6 million was primarily due to gains of $9.6 million on the divestiture of four branch locations and $4.7 million on the acquisition of branch locations from First State. Compliance consulting income increased $3.5 million from $0.9 million in 2019 to $4.4 million in 2020, driven by the Chartwell acquisition in September 2019. Gain on sale of equity securities of $3.5 million was primarily driven by a gain on sale from the Company's Fintech investment portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2020. Holding gain on equity securities decreased $13.4 million from $13.8 million in 2019 to $0.4 million in 2020, primarily due to an increase in the valuation of the Company’s Fintech investment portfolio during the second quarter of 2019. Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense was $97.1 million, $87.2 million and $72.9 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Approximately 63%, 64% and 63% of noninterest expense for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to personnel costs. Personnel costs are a significant part of the Company's noninterest expense as such costs are critical to services organizations. Salaries and benefits increased by $5.5 million in 2020, primarily as a result of the build-out of Company administration, the Fintech team and the additional team members acquired as a result of the Chartwell acquisition in September 2019. Professional fees increased by $3.5 million in 2020, primarily the result of deal costs related to the acquisitions of First State and Paladin, the sale of the Eastern Panhandle banking centers and the ICM combination. Data processing and communications increased $1.4 million in 2020, primarily as a result of data conversion costs related to the acquisition of First State, the acquisition of Paladin, LLC, the sale of the Eastern Panhandle banking centers, and the ICM combination. Other operating expense increased $1.7 million in 2020, mainly driven by increased loan expense and real estate expense related to the First State acquisition. Income Taxes The Company incurred income tax expense of $9.5 million, $8.6 million and $3.4 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate was 20%, 24% and in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The decrease in effective tax rate from 2019 to 2020 was primarily driven by increased investment in tax-free municipal investments and a reduction in the net state tax rate. The Company’s effective tax rate is affected by certain permanent tax differences caused by statutory requirements in the tax code. The largest permanent difference relates to tax-exempt interest income related to municipal investments and loans held by the Company. Other, smaller permanent differences arise from income derived from life insurance purchased on certain key employees and directors and meals and entertainment expenses. Returns on Assets and Equity Assets The Company’s return on average assets was 1.7% in 2020, compared to 1.4% in 2019. The increased return in 2020 is a result of a $10.4 million increase in earnings, while average total assets increased by $298.7 million, mainly as the result of a $116.0 million increase in average interest-bearing deposits with banks and a $98.9 million increase in average total loans. Equity The Company’s return on average stockholders’ equity was 16.7% in 2020, compared to 13.6% in 2019. The increased return in 2020 is a result of a $10.4 million increase in earnings, while average equity increased by $29.3 million. 45 Statement of Financial Condition Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents totaled $263.9 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $28.0 million at December 31, 2019. Management believes the current balance of cash and cash equivalents adequately serves the Company’s liquidity and performance needs. Total cash and cash equivalents fluctuate on a daily basis due to transactions in process and other liquidity demands. Management believes liquidity needs are satisfied by the current balance of cash and cash equivalents, readily available access to traditional and non-traditional funding sources and the portions of the investment and loan portfolios that mature within one year. These sources of funds should enable the Company to meet cash obligations as they come due. Due to the increase in liquidity driven by growth in noninterest-bearing deposits, management has elected to maintain a higher cash and cash equivalents balance to provide flexibility during the COVID-19 pandemic. Investment Securities Investment securities totaled $438.2 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $254.3 million at December 31, 2019. The following table sets forth a summary of the investment securities portfolio as of the dates indicated. The available-for-sale securities are reported at estimated fair value. December 31, (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale securities: United States government agency securities United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Other debt securities Other securities Total investment securities available-for-sale Equity securities 2020 2019 56,992 $ 95,769 231,887 7,500 18,476 410,624 $ 51,996 58,312 113,092 — 12,421 235,821 27,585 $ 18,514 $ $ $ At December 31, 2020, investment securities are available-for-sale or equity securities. Management believes the available-for- sale classification provides flexibility in terms of managing the portfolio for liquidity, yield enhancement and interest rate risk management opportunities. Due to the increase in liquidity driven by growth in noninterest-bearing deposits, management has elected to increase balances in investment securities to generate additional interest income. At December 31, 2020, the amortized cost of available-for-sale investment securities totaled $400.7 million, resulting in a net unrealized gain in the investment portfolio of $9.9 million. Management has the intent and ability to hold the investments to maturity and they are all high quality investments with no other than temporary impairment. The municipal securities continue to give the Company the ability to pledge and to decrease the effective tax rate. At December 31, 2020, equity securities primarily consist of the Company's Fintech investment portfolio and are comprised of investments in six companies with a carrying value of $23.1 million. These securities do not have readily determinable fair values; therefore, they are classified as equity securities and are recorded at cost and adjusted for observable price changes for underlying transactions for identical or similar investments. 46 United States government agency securities United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Other debt securities Other securities Total $ The following table shows the maturities for the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2020: Within one year After one year, but within five After five years, but within ten After ten years Total investment securities (Dollars in thousands) Amortized Cost Weighted- Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Weighted- Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Weighted- Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Weighted- Avg. Yield Amortized Cost Fair Value $ — — % $ 6,029 2.06 % $ 19,536 1.32 % $ 30,642 1.36 % $ 56,207 $ 56,992 — — — — — — — — — — — 2,241 0.81 92,727 1.69 94,968 95,769 2,790 3.22 13,821 2.93 207,031 2.51 223,642 231,887 — 1,955 — 4.23 — 23,946 — 5.71 7,500 — — — 7,500 25,901 7,500 18,476 — % $ 10,774 2.75 % $ 59,544 3.44 % $ 330,400 2.17 % $ 408,218 $ 410,624 Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. Management monitors the earnings performance and liquidity of the investment portfolio on a regular basis through the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) meetings. The ALCO also monitors net interest income and assists in the management of interest rate risk for the Company. Through active balance sheet management and analysis of the investment securities portfolio, sufficient liquidity is maintained to satisfy depositor requirements and the various credit needs of its customers. Management believes the risk characteristics inherent in the investment portfolio are acceptable based on these parameters. Loans The Company’s primary market areas are North Central West Virginia and Northern Virginia. The portfolio consists principally of commercial lending, retail lending, which includes single-family residential mortgages, and consumer lending. Loans totaled $1.45 billion as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $79.2 million from $1.37 billion as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of loans classified as held-for-sale as a result of the sale of four branch locations to Summit during 2020 was $42.9 million. Major classification of loans held for investment, including PCI loans, at December 31, are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total Loans Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net Loans receivable $ $ $ $ 2020 2019 1,162,122 $ 288,035 4,644 1,454,801 $ (1,057) $ 1,453,744 $ 1,063,828 306,710 3,697 1,374,235 306 1,374,541 At December 31, 2020, commercial and non-residential real estate loans, including PCI loans, represented the largest portion of the portfolio at 79.9%. Commercial and non-residential real estate loans totaled $1.16 billion at December 31, 2020, compared to $1.06 billion at December 31, 2019. Management will continue to focus on the enhancement and growth of the commercial loan portfolio while maintaining appropriate underwriting standards and risk/price balance. PPP loans are included in the totals above and have outstanding balances of $82.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and are the primary driver of the increase. Residential real estate loans to retail customers, including home equity lines of credit and PCI loans, account for the second largest portion of the loan portfolio, comprising 19.8%. Residential real estate and home equity loans totaled $288.0 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $306.7 million at December 31, 2019. Included in residential real estate loans are home equity credit lines totaling $30.8 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $35.1 million at December 31, 2019. Management believes the home equity loans are competitive products with an acceptable return on investment after risk considerations. Residential real estate lending continues to represent a primary focus due to the lower risk factors associated with this type of loan and the opportunity to provide service to those in the North Central West Virginia and Norther Virginia markets. 47 For discussion related to the PCI loans acquired in the First State acquisition and their related allowance for loan losses, please refer to Purchased Credit Impaired Loans in Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. At December 31, 2020, loans identified by management as potential problem loans amounted to $59.1 million. The balance is comprised of 16 loans, which include $33.5 million in seven commercial real estate office/retail loans to two relationships, an $8.6 million residential real estate development loan, $7.7 million in three related loans to a retail commercial real estate corporation, a $4.7 million commercial real estate loan to a senior care facility, $3.0 million to finance two related hospitality properties and $1.6 million in two loans to finance a multifamily property. These are loans for which information about the borrowers’ possible credit problems causes management to have doubts as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms in the future. However, these loans were all also significantly impacted by the pandemic and as a result have qualified for government financial support and/or debt service relief from the Bank. These loans are being monitored closely, but were not considered impaired loans at December 31, 2020. There were thirteen additional loans to five relationships that management identified as problem loans, totaling $42.0 million as of December 31, 2020. These loans include $32.5 million in five loans to finance hospitality properties to two unrelated borrowers, $5.2 million in three loans to a single borrower to finance movie theaters and a multifamily real estate property, a $2.2 million loan to finance a Montessori school and $2.1 million in three loans to a borrower in the energy industry. These are loans where known information about the borrowers’ credit problems causes management to have serious doubts, relative to the sixteen loans discussed above, as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms in the future. However, these loans were all significantly impacted by the pandemic and as a result have qualified for government financial support and/or debt service relief from the Bank. These loans are being monitored closely, but as of year-end were not considered impaired loans. The following table provides loan maturities at December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total Loans One Year or Less One Through Five Years Due After Five Years Total $ $ 282,821 $ 32,338 1,386 316,545 $ 574,496 $ 76,758 2,486 653,740 $ 304,805 $ 1,162,122 288,035 178,939 4,644 772 484,516 $ 1,454,801 The preceding data has been compiled based upon the earlier of either contractual maturity or next repricing date. The following table reflects the sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2020 that mature after one year: (Dollars in thousands) Predetermined fixed interest rate Floating or adjustable interest rate Total as of December 31, 2020 Loan Concentration Commercial and Non-Residential Real Estate Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Consumer and Other $ $ 160,257 $ 719,044 879,301 $ 116,717 $ 138,980 255,697 $ 2,051 $ 1,207 3,258 $ Total 279,025 859,231 1,138,256 At December 31, 2020, commercial and non-residential real estate loans comprised the largest component of the loan portfolio. A large portion of commercial loans are secured by real estate and they are diverse with respect to geographical location and industry. Loans that are not secured by real estate are typically secured by accounts receivable, mortgages or equipment. While the loan concentration is in commercial loans, the commercial portfolio is comprised of loans to many different borrowers, in numerous different industries, primarily located in the Company's market areas. Allowance for Loan Losses Management continually monitors the risk in the loan portfolio through review of the monthly delinquency reports and the Loan Review Committee. The Loan Review Committee is responsible for the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”). This analysis involves both experience of the portfolio to date and the makeup of the overall portfolio. Specific loss estimates are derived for individual loans based on specific criteria such as current delinquent status, related deposit account activity where applicable and changes in the local and national economy. When appropriate, management also considers public 48 knowledge and/or verifiable information from the local market to assess risks to specific loans and the loan portfolios as a whole. The result of the evaluation of the adequacy at each period presented herein indicated that the ALL was considered by management to be adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, impaired loans totaled $15.4 million and $9.5 million, respectively. A portion of the ALL of $1.3 million and $0.6 million was allocated to cover any loss in these loans at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Loans past due more than 30 days were $10.6 million and $9.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2020 and 2019. Loans past due more than 30 days to gross loans Loans past due more than 90 days to gross loans December 31, 2020 2019 1.2 % 0.6 % 0.7 % 0.1 % Net charge-offs of $2.1 million in 2020 and $1.0 million in 2019 were incurred. The provision for loan losses was $16.6 million in 2020 and $1.8 million in 2019. Net charge-offs represented 0.1% and 0.1% in 2020 and 2019, respectively, compared to gross loans for the indicated period. For tables reflecting the allocation of the ALL, please refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. (Dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 December 31, Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total Amount % of loans in each category to total loans Amount $ $ 24,033 2,030 51 26,114 80 % $ 20 — 100 % $ 10,098 1,599 78 11,775 % of loans in each category to total loans 78 % 22 — 100 % Non-performing assets consist of loans that are no longer accruing interest, loans that have been renegotiated to below market rates based upon financial difficulties of the borrower and real estate acquired through foreclosure. When interest accruals are suspended, accrued interest income is reversed with current year accruals charged to earnings and prior year amounts generally charged off as a credit loss. When, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make periodic interest and principal payments resumes and collectability is no longer in doubt, which is evident by the receipt of six consecutive months of regular, on-time payments, the loan is eligible to be returned to accrual status. Interest income on loans would have increased by approximately $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.8 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, if loans had performed in accordance with their terms. Non-performing assets and past due loans as of December 31, are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Non-accrual loans Commercial Real estate and home equity Consumer and other Total non-accrual loans Accruing loan past due 90 days or more Total non-performing loans Other real estate, net Total non-performing assets Allowance for loan losses Non-performing loans to gross loans Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans Non-performing assets to total assets $ $ $ 2020 2019 12,079 $ 1,629 5 13,713 — 13,713 5,730 19,443 $ 25,844 $ 3,533 1,556 34 5,123 — 5,123 1,397 6,520 11,775 0.9% 188.5% 0.8% 49 0.4% 229.8% 0.3% Impaired loans have increased by $5.9 million, or 62.3%, during 2020. This change is the net effect of multiple factors, primarily the identification of $7.1 million of recently impaired loans, principal curtailments/payoffs of $3.0 million, the acquisition of $2.5 million in impaired loans obtained through the acquisition of First State, normal loan amortization of $0.5 million and the reclassification of $0.1 million of previously reported impaired loans to performing loans. The $7.1 million of recently impaired loans were concentrated in two commercial relationships representing $6.1 million, or 86%, of the recently impaired loans. One relationship of $5.2 million is currently under a forbearance agreement and paying as agreed. The remaining relationship is secured by a borrowing base. The $3.0 million of principal curtailments/payoffs were concentrated in two commercial relationships in which the notes were refinanced out of the bank by outside lenders. These two relationships represented $2.7 million, or 88%, of the total principal curtailments. The $2.5 million of purchased impaired loans were concentrated in two commercial relationships representing $2.2 million, or 88%, of the purchased impaired loans. One relationship of $1.5 million is secured by residential lots for development and the second relationship of $0.7 million is secured by a single-family home that is partially constructed. Loans classified as Special Mention totaled $67.9 million and $25.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase of $42.7 million, or 169.4%, was concentrated in the commercial loan portfolio. This increase is primarily the result of the risk grade downgrade of 16 loans to eight separate loan relationships, totaling $63.5 million, offset by the payoff of six existing loans totaling $15.0 million, the risk grade upgrade of a $1.5 million loan and the charge-off of two loans totaling $1.9 million. Of the 16 loans recently classified as Special Mention, seven commercial real estate office/retail loans to two separate relationships each centered around a single guarantor totaled $33.5 million, one residential real estate development loan totaled $8.6 million, three related loans to a retail commercial real estate corporation totaled $7.7 million, a commercial real estate loan to a senior care facility totaled $4.7 million, two related hospitality loans totaled $3.0 million and two loans to a multifamily property totaled $1.6 million. The operations of all these borrowers were significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The $15.0 million in payoffs included an $8.3 million note secured by subordinate bonds related to a sales tax increment financing district, which had not been refinanced as timely as anticipated due to delays in the reissuance of senior position bonds. Two unrelated loans, a $3.4 million loan secured by a senior care facility, and a $2.8 million loan secured by a multifamily rental property, were refinanced outside of the Company. Loans classified as Substandard totaled $58.3 million and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase of $39.7 million, or 214%, was concentrated in the commercial loan portfolio. The increase is primarily the result of the risk grade downgrade of 13 loans to six separate commercial loan relationships, totaling $42.7 million, offset by the payoff of two existing loans totaling $3.6 million and the $0.9 million, or 15%, curtailment of three related equipment loans. Of the 13 loans recently classified as Substandard, five loans totaling $32.5 million were provided to two borrowers to finance hospitality properties. Four of the recently classified loans, totaling $5.2 million were provided to a single loan relationship to finance two movie cinemas and an outdoor recreation oriented multifamily rental property. Additionally, the recently classified loans include a $2.2 million loan to finance a Montessori school and three loans totaling $2.1 million to finance equipment for a borrower in the energy industry. The operations of all these borrowers were significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The $3.6 million in payoffs included a $2.0 million line of credit secured by the account receivables of senior care facility that has struggled to collect its receivables and government reimbursements in a timely manner, which had placed considerable strain on operating performance. The remaining $1.6 million was a loan that had been classified since the financial difficulties caused by the Great Recession. Loans classified as Doubtful totaled $4.0 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase of $3.9 million was concentrated in the commercial loan portfolio and is the result of the risk grade downgrade of four loans to three unrelated borrowers and the acquisition of five loans to unrelated borrowers obtained as part of the First State acquisition. As of December 31, 2020, a loan loss reserve allocation of $0.7 million has been recognized on the largest of the loans, which had a balance of $0.9 million. Three loans totaling $0.4 million are the balances that remain after partial charge offs totaling $0.07 million and are subject to ongoing workout plans. The largest of purchased loans had a balance of $1.5 million, while the remaining three loans had balances of $0.7 million, $0.2 million, and $0.09 million. Funding Sources The Bank considers a number of alternatives, including but not limited to deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term borrowings when evaluating funding sources. Traditional deposits continue to be the most significant source of funds, totaling 50 $1.98 billion, or 97.4% of funding sources, at December 31, 2020. This same information at December 31, 2019 reflected $1.27 billion in deposits representing 84.2% of such funding sources. FHLB and other borrowings and subordinated debt represented 14.8% of funding sources at December 31, 2019. There were no FHLB and other borrowings at December 31, 2020. Subordinated debt totaled $43.4 million at December 31, 2020. Repurchase agreements, which are available to large corporate customers, represented 0.5% and 0.7% of funding sources at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Management continues to emphasize the development of additional noninterest-bearing deposits as a core funding source for the Company. At December 31, 2020, noninterest-bearing balances totaled $715.8 million, compared to $278.5 million at December 31, 2019, or 36.1% and 22.0% of total deposits, respectively. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.27 billion at December 31, 2020, compared to $986.5 million at December 31, 2019, or 63.9% and 78.0% of total deposits, respectively. The main driver of deposit growth has been the increase in Fintech deposits through adding new relationships and continuing to grow current relationships. This growth in Fintech deposits is primarily due to the increasing in gaming deposits, primarily as a result of the increasing number of states legalizing sports gaming. The Company currently expects its Fintech banking to continue to grow. The following table sets forth the balance of each of the deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships and corporations Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing demand Savings and money markets Time deposits including CDs and IRAs Total deposits Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit 2020 2019 $ $ $ 715,791 $ 496,502 545,501 224,595 1,982,389 $ 278,547 351,435 363,026 272,034 1,265,042 16,955 $ 8,955 Average interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.28 billion during 2020 compared to $1.16 billion during 2019. Average noninterest bearing deposits totaled $502.5 million during 2020 compared to $258.5 million during 2019. Amounts for 2019 include noninterest bearing deposits at branches classified as held-for-sale. Maturities of time deposits, including time deposits at branches held-for-sale, that met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit as of December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) Under three months Over three to 12 months Over one to three years Over three years Total $ $ 2020 3,942 2,598 10,161 254 16,955 Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to both short-term borrowings from FHLB and overnight repurchase agreements to fund its operations and investments. For details on the Company's borrowings, please refer to Note 7 – Borrowed Funds accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Capital and Stockholders’ Equity During the year ended December 31, 2020, stockholders’ equity increased approximately $27.5 million to $239.5 million. This increase consists of net income for the year of $37.4 million, common stock options exercised totaling $4.5 million, a $3.5 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, stock-based compensation of $2.4 million and common stock issued related to the Paladin acquisition totaling $0.2 million. These changes were offset by common stock repurchased totaling $15.7 million, primarily from the Company's December 2020 tender offer, and dividends paid totaling $4.7 million. With the stockholders’ equity increasing as noted above, the equity to assets ratio decreased from 10.9% to 10.3% due to equity growth outpacing the $387.4 million increase in total assets during 2020. The Company paid dividends to common shareholders of $4.3 million in 2020 and $2.3 million in 2019 compared to earnings of $37.4 million in 2020 versus $27.0 million in 2019, resulting in the dividend payout ratio increasing from 8.5% in 2019 to 11.4% in 2020. The Company and the Bank are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by 51 regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Bank is required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC. The Company is exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy standards as it believes it meets the requirements of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. West Virginia state chartered banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions. Bank regulators have established “risk-based” capital requirements designed to measure capital adequacy. Risk-based capital ratios reflect the relative risks of various assets companies hold in their portfolios. A weight category of 0% (lowest risk assets), 20%, 50%, 100% or 150% (highest risk assets) is assigned to each asset on the balance sheet. Detailed information concerning the Company’s risk-based capital ratios can be found in Supervision and Regulation in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. At December 31, 2020, the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios were above the minimum standards for a well-capitalized institution. The total risk-based capital ratio of 15.8% at December 31, 2020 is above the well capitalized standard of 10%. The Tier 1 risk- based capital ratio of 14.6% at December 31, 2020 also exceeded the well capitalized minimum of 8%. The common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 14.6% at December 31, 2020 is above the well capitalized standard of 6.5%. The leverage ratio at December 31, 2020 was 11.0% and was also above the well capitalized standard of 5%. Management believes that capital continues to provide a strong base for profitable growth. Liquidity Maintenance of a sufficient level of liquidity is a primary objective of the ALCO. Liquidity, as defined by the ALCO, is the ability to meet anticipated operating cash needs, loan demand and deposit withdrawals, without incurring a sustained negative impact on net interest income. It is the Company’s policy to manage liquidity so that there is no need to make unplanned sales of assets or to borrow funds under emergency conditions. The main source of liquidity for the Bank comes through deposit growth. Liquidity is also provided from cash generated from investment maturities, principal payments from loans and income from loans and investment securities. During the year ended December 31, 2020, cash provided by financing activities totaled $417.8 million, while outflows from investing activity totaled $294.1 million. When appropriate, the Bank has the ability to take advantage of external sources of funds such as advances from the FHLB, national market certificate of deposit issuance programs, the Federal Reserve discount window, brokered deposits and Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Services. These external sources often provide attractive interest rates and flexible maturity dates that enable the Bank to match funding with contractual maturity dates of assets. Securities in the investment portfolio are classified as available-for-sale and can be utilized as an additional source of liquidity. The Company has an effective shelf registration covering $75 million of debt and equity securities, all of which is available, subject to authorization from the Board of Directors and market conditions, to issue debt or equity securities at the Company's discretion. While the Company seeks to preserve flexibility with respect to cash requirements, there can be no assurance that market conditions would permit it to sell securities on acceptable terms, or at all. With the changes in the industry related to COVID-19, the Company has focused on maintaining greater liquidity. Management believes liquidity needs could be greater during this volatile time within the industry and markets. Based upon this volatility, the Company has adjusted the balance sheet to maintain a greater balance of cash and cash equivalents than has typically been used to maintain liquidity. 52 Contractual Obligations The following table reflects the contractual maturities of the Company's term liabilities as of December 31, 2020. The amounts shown do not reflect contractual interest, early withdrawal or prepayment assumptions. (Dollars in thousands) Certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts 1 Securities sold under agreement to repurchase Operating leases Finance leases Subordinated debt Less than one year One to three years Three to five years More than five years Total $ 126,863 $ 83,697 $ 14,035 $ — $ 224,595 10,266 1,779 68 — — 3,448 100 — — 3,488 10 — — 14,280 4 43,407 10,266 22,995 182 43,407 Total 301,445 1 Certificates of deposit give customers rights to early withdrawal. Early withdrawals may be subject to penalties. The penalty amount depends on the remaining time to maturity at the time of early withdrawal. 138,976 $ 57,691 $ 87,245 $ 17,533 $ $ Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements The Bank has entered into certain agreements that represent off-balance sheet arrangements that could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements and could have a significant impact in future periods. Specifically, the Bank has entered into agreements to extend credit or provide conditional payments pursuant to standby and commercial letters of credit. In addition, the Bank utilizes letters of credit issued by the FHLB to collateralize certain public funds deposits. Further discussion of these agreements, including the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2020, is included in Note 8 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities, accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. Future Outlook The Company has invested in the infrastructure to support anticipated future growth in each key area, including personnel, technology and processes to meet the growing compliance requirements in the industry. The Company believes it is well positioned in some of the finest markets in West Virginia and Virginia and will continue to focus on margin improvement; leveraging capital; organic portfolio loan growth; and operating efficiency. The key challenge for the Company in the future is to attract core deposits to fund growth in new markets through continued delivery of outstanding client service coupled with high- quality products and technology. The Company is expanding the treasury services function to support the banking needs of financial and emerging technology companies, which will further enhance core deposits, notably through its expansion of deposit acquisition and fee income strategies through the Fintech division. During 2020, the Company entered into agreements for card acquiring sponsorships and debit card program sponsorship to further enhance fee income and noninterest income. Critical Accounting Policies Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the consolidated financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the determination of the allowance for loan losses to be the accounting area that requires the most subjective or complex judgments and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Allowance for Loan Losses The ALL represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the ALL is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of losses inherent in classifications of homogeneous loans based on the Bank’s historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Non- homogeneous loans are specifically evaluated due to the increased risks inherent in those loans. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type in the consolidated balance sheet. Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report describes the methodology used to determine the ALL and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the ALL. Investment Securities Investment securities at the time of purchase are classified as either available-for-sale securities or equity securities. The amortized cost of investment in debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed by a method that results in a level yield. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the basis of specific identification of the adjusted cost of each security. Securities are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. For debt securities, management considers whether the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference defined as the credit loss), the magnitude and duration of the decline, the reasons underlying the decline and the Company’s intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, if the Company does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost (the difference defined as the non-credit portion) is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within noninterest income in the consolidated statement of income. Please refer Note 2 – Investment Securities accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for the Company’s policy regarding the other than temporary impairment of investment securities. Business Combinations We account for acquisitions under FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, and liabilities assumed, are recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses related to the acquired loans is recorded on the acquisition date because the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk. PCI loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, and initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration are considered impaired. Loans acquired through business combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of FASB ASC Topic 310-30, but for which a discount is attributable, at least in part to credit quality, are also accounted for under this guidance. Certain acquired loans, such as lines of credit (consumer and commercial) and loans for which there was no discount attributable to credit are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-20, where the discount is accreted through earnings based on estimated cash flows over the estimated life of the loan. For more information regarding the Company's business combinations, please see Note 24 – Acquisitions and Divestitures accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. For more information on the Company's PCI loans, please see the Purchased Credit Impaired Loans section in Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments Recent accounting pronouncements and developments applicable to the Company are described further in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. 54 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The Company’s market risk is composed primarily of interest rate risk. The ALCO is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position and establishes policies to monitor and coordinate the Company’s sources, uses and pricing of funds. Interest Rate Risk The objective of the asset/liability management function is to structure the balance sheet in ways that maintain consistent growth in net interest income and minimize exposure to market risks within its policy guidelines. This objective is accomplished through management of balance sheet liquidity and interest rate risk exposure based on changes in economic conditions, interest rate levels and customer preferences. The Company manages balance sheet liquidity through the investment portfolio, sales of commercial and residential real estate loans and through the utilization of diversified funding sources, including retail deposits, a variety of wholesale funding sources and borrowings through the FHLB. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of interest rate caps, commercial loan swap transactions and interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans held-for-sale, as well as the structuring of loan terms that provide cash flows to be consistently re-invested along the rate cycle. The Company's primary market risk is interest rate fluctuation. Interest rate risk results from the traditional banking activities in which the Bank engages, such as gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic conditions, financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences affect the difference between interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities. The Company’s interest rate risk represents the levels of exposure its income and market values have to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest rate risk is measured as the change in earnings and the theoretical market value of equity that results from changes in interest rates. The ALCO oversees the management of interest rate risk and its objective is to maximize stockholder value, enhance profitability and increase capital, serve customer and community needs and protect the Company from any material financial consequences associated with changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from differences between the timing of rate changes and the timing of cash flows (repricing risk); changing rate relationships across yield curves that affect bank activities (basis risk); changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities (yield curve risk); and interest rate related options embedded in certain bank products (option risk). Changes in interest rates may also affect a bank’s underlying economic value. The values of a bank’s assets, liabilities and interest-rate related, off- balance sheet contracts are affected by changes in rates because the present values of future cash flows, and in some cases the cash flows themselves, are changed when discounting by different rates. The Company believes that accepting some level of interest rate risk is necessary in order to achieve realistic profit goals. Management and the Board of Directors have chosen an interest rate risk profile that is consistent with the Company's strategic business plan. While management carefully monitors the exposure to changes in interest rates and takes actions as warranted to decrease any adverse impact, there can be no assurance about the actual effect of interest rate changes on net interest income. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by the ALCO. The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates. The Company measures the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on short-term earnings, long-term value and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors embedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology employed. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their debts or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan and deposit products. A base case forecast is prepared using market consensus rate forecasts and alternative simulations reflecting more and less extreme behavior of rates each quarter. The analysis is presented to the ALCO and the Board of Directors. In addition, more frequent forecasts are produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain, when other business conditions so dictate, or when necessary to model potential balance sheet changes. The balance sheet is subject to quarterly testing for interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points (“bp”). The goal is to structure the balance sheet so 55 that net interest earnings at risk over a twelve-month period and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. At December 31, 2020, the Company is shown in an asset sensitive position for the first year after rate shocks. Management continuously strives to reduce higher costing fixed rate funding instruments, while increasing assets that are more fluid in their repricing. Theoretically, an asset sensitive position is more favorable in a rising rate environment, since more assets than liabilities will reprice in a given time frame as interest rates rise. Similarly, a liability sensitive position is theoretically favorable in a declining interest rate environment, since more liabilities than assets will reprice in a given time frame as interest rates decline. Management works to maintain a consistent spread between yields on assets and costs of deposits and borrowings, regardless of the direction of interest rates. Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income Change in interest rates Policy Limit December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 25.0 % 42.7 % 5.7 % +400 bp +300 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp -300 bp -400 bp 20.0 % 30.7 % 3.5 % 15.0 % 19.3 % 1.3 % 10.0 % 9.6 % 0.3 % 10.0 % (6.6) % (6.9) % 15.0 % (9.6) % (18.4) % 20.0 % (12.4) % (26.8) % 25.0 % (12.9) % (32.5) % As shown above, measures of net interest income at risk in a rising rate environment were more favorable at December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019 and less favorable in a falling rate environment for the same time periods. One factor explaining this year-over-year difference is the general level of market interest rates. A parallel downward interest rate shock would further compress the yields on assets and liabilities, while a parallel upward interest rate shock would widen the spread between yields on assets and liabilities. Net interest income at risk exceeded policy limits in the -200 bp, -300 bp and -400 bp parallel instantaneous interest rate shock scenarios. The policy violations in these scenarios are driven largely by the general level or market interest rates described in the preceding paragraph as well as the Company's cost of funding. The Company's deposit costs are low and have little room to reprice to a lower interest rate in a falling rate environment. However, the Company's floating rate assets are exposed to the full effect of repricing to a lower interest rate in a falling rate environment. The paragraph above discusses net interest income at risk in various shock scenarios; scenarios in which interest rates immediately move by a large margin. The Company's net interest income profile exhibits declining net interest income when rates fall gradually, but the impact is not as extreme as is suggested in a shock scenario. Essentially, a gradual interest rate decline scenario smooths the impact of falling rates over a 12 or 24 month period. The Company's expectation is that over any given one to two year period, interest rates will likely move at a gradual pace. As interest rates fall, mortgage companies experience a higher volume of loan originations and refinance activity. This benefit is not reflected in measures of net interest income at risk, as origination and refinance activity was classified as fee income prior to the combination with ICM. This increase in fee income represents a benefit to net income that offsets the losses to net interest income experienced in a falling rate environment. After the ICM combination, the income related to loan originations and refinance activity is reflected as income from an equity method investment. The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which theoretically approximates the fair value of the Company’s net assets. Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE) Change in interest rates Policy Limit December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 35.0 % 2.7 % 10.6 % 25.0 % 3.8 % 8.6 % +300 bp +400 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp -300 bp -400 bp 17.0 % 5.0 % 6.7 % 12.0 % 3.0 % 5.0 % 12.0 % (3.1) % (15.1) % 17.0 % 4.1 % (36.8) % 25.0 % 14.8 % (44.1) % 35.0 % 20.0 % (32.5) % The EVE at risk in down rate scenarios increased at December 31, 2020, when compared to December 31, 2019. The increase in economic value of equity in rising rate environments is largely attributable to the effect that an increase in interest rates has on the present value of non-interest-bearing deposits. The discount rate for non-interest-bearing deposits rises as interest rates rise; however, these deposits pay a rate of zero. The cost of these liabilities does not increase as interest rates rise, but the discount rate 56 applied to the expected future cash flows of these liabilities increases with interest rates. Any increase in the market rates used to discount the cash flows of these liabilities reduces the present value of these liabilities. The decrease in present value of these liabilities results in a net increase to economic value of equity. A falling rate environment would result in a higher net present value for these liabilities and would lead to a net decrease to economic value of equity. Additionally, interest-bearing deposits contribute to the large declines in economic value of equity in falling rate environments as a result of their low cost. Interest-bearing deposit costs are modeled with a floor of zero, meaning that the interest rates paid on deposits cannot be negative. In the event of a large downward interest rate shock, deposit costs would not move below zero. However, the discount rates applied to the expected future cash flows of these deposits could sustain a large decline in interest rates before reaching zero. This has the effect of increasing the present value of the interest-bearing-deposit liability and ultimately decreasing economic value of equity. The COVID-19 pandemic has introduced a great degree of uncertainty to both the global and domestic economy as well as financial markets. The extent and magnitude of the economic slowdown occurring as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic is still unknown. Financial markets adjusted dramatically to the reduced economic activity and the pace of recovery is uncertain. The financial market benchmark most relevant to the Company’s current and future profitability is the United States Government Treasury yield curve. The United States Government Treasury yield curve is used as a basis for the pricing of most bonds, loans, borrowings, deposits and other fixed income yield curves. The United States Government Treasury yield curve has experienced a large, relatively parallel, downward shift. Given the Company’s asset sensitive position, management expects that net interest income will decline. As the outlook for the COVID-19 pandemic improves, management expects that the United States Government Treasury curve will experience some degree of an upward shift over time. Credit Risk The Company has counter-party risk which may arise from the possible inability of third-party investors to meet the terms of their forward sales contracts. The Company works with third-party investors that are generally well-capitalized, are investment grade and exhibit strong financial performance to mitigate this risk. The Company monitors the financial condition of these third parties on an annual basis and the Company does not expect these third parties to fail to meet their obligations. Management expects that some clients will be unable to meet their financial obligations in the near-term as a result of the decreased economic activity brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic. However, management does not expect that these credit concerns will perpetuate indefinitely. Many clients may be eligible to defer loan payments to a later date. Management is working to incorporate scenarios that reflect decreased loan cash flows in the short term into the Company’s interest rate risk models. Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices The consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of operations. Unlike industrial companies, the Company's assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation. 57 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 58 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MVB Financial Corp. Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 59 Allowance for Loan Losses As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) balance was $25.8 million on gross loans of $1.45 billion as of December 31, 2020, and consisted primarily of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are impaired. The general component covers all loans that are not impaired and is based upon historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the risk characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience and the amount of non- performing loans Certain qualitative factors are evaluated to determine additional inherent risks in the loan portfolio, which are not necessarily reflected in the historical loss percentages. The allowance evaluation s inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. We identified the Company’s estimate of the allowance as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for our determination of the allowance as a critical audit matter included the degree of subjectivity and judgment required to audit management’s identification of impaired loans and quantification of the related allowance, as well as management’s selection of assumptions for the general component of the allowance. This was particularly true for the assumptions that management utilized in determining and applying the qualitative factors in the allowance model, as well as the level assigned by management for each qualitative factor. The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: • We obtained an understanding of the Company’s process for establishing the allowance, including understanding any changes that occurred within the model during 2020. • We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls relating to the Company’s allowance, including controls over: m The identification of impaired loans and resulting specific allowance, if necessary: m The determination of qualitative factors; and m Management’s review and approval of the allowance model and resulting estimate, including the qualitative components. • We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimates and judgments related to the qualitative factors and the resulting allocation to the allowance. This included evaluating the appropriateness of the methodologies used by management to estimate the qualitative factor components of the allowance, including evaluating the appropriateness and completeness of risk factors used in determining the qualitative factors. • We performed analytical procedures on the overall level and various components of the allowance, including historical reserves, qualitative reserves and specific reserves, as well as credit quality to ensure movement in a directionally consistent manner relative to credit quality indicators and changes in the Company’s loan portfolio. • We tested the completeness of impaired loans, including testing the modification for potential troubled debt restructurings, substandard or worse rated loans, non-accrual loans, and past due loans. • We tested the calculation of losses on a sample of impaired loans, including assessing the reasonableness of the significant assumptions including any adjustments made to appraisals for discounts, selling costs, and other unobservable adjustments. Business Combinations – Fair Value of Acquired Loans As described in Note 24, in April 2020 the Company completed its acquisition of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of The First State Bank, resulting in a bargain purchase gain of $4.7 million. The Company accounted for this acquisition under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded by the Company at fair value. Management made significant estimates and 60 exercised significant judgement in accounting for the acquisition of The First State Bank. In determining the fair value of loans acquired, management segmented the loan portfolio based on whether or not acquired loans have evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition (purchased credit impaired loans and purchased performing loans). The valuation of the loans included an independent third party and took into consideration the loans' underlying characteristics, including account types, remaining terms, annual interest rates, interest types, past delinquencies, timing of principal and interest payments, current market rates, loan to value ratios, loss exposures and remaining balances. We identified the Company’s estimate of the acquisition date fair value of acquired loans as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for that determination is the high degree of auditor judgement involved in evaluating the probability of default and loss given default for loans identified with credit deterioration and the need for specialized skill in development and application of subjective assumptions in estimated cash flows. The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following: • We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls relating the valuation of acquired loans, including controls over: m m The Company’s assumptions regarding specific credit losses of the acquired portfolio provided to the independent third party; Management’s review and approval of the significant assumptions utilized by the independent third party; and m Management’s review of the results of valuations provided by the independent third party. • We tested the completeness and accuracy of loans determined to have credit deterioration at acquisition and evaluated the reasonableness of the criteria utilized by management in the determination. • We evaluated the significant assumptions and methods utilized in developing the fair value of the loan portfolio, including assessment of significant assumptions, and evaluated whether the assumptions used were reasonable. • We involved the firm’s valuation specialists to assist in testing the Company’s calculation of fair value of the loan portfolio acquired and certain significant assumptions, including among other assumptions, discount rates, prepayment speeds, probability of defaults and loss given default, and foreclosure lags. • We tested the completeness and accuracy of the data utilized in the fair value determination by the independent third-party, including reconciling the loan portfolio to the loan trial balance, confirming a sample of loans with the customer, and tracing select attributes from the loan system for a sample of loans to the loan data utilized in the independent third-party valuation. /s/ DIXON HUGHES GOODMAN LLP We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014. Tampa, Florida March 9, 2021 61 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MVB Financial Corp. Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”)’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and our report dated March, 9, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, the scope of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has excluded The First State Bank acquired on April 3, 2020. We have also excluded The First State Bank from the scope of our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The First State Bank represented five percent of consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020, and two percent of consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2020. 62 Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ DIXON HUGHES GOODMAN LLP Tampa, Florida March 9, 2021 63 MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets (Dollars in thousands except per share data) December 31, 2020 and 2019 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing balances with banks Total cash and cash equivalents Certificates of deposit with banks Investment securities available-for-sale Equity securities Loans held-for-sale Loans receivable Allowance for loan losses Loans receivable, net Premises and equipment, net Bank-owned life insurance Equity method investment Accrued interest receivable and other assets Assets of branches held-for-sale Goodwill TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Total deposits Deposits of branches held-for-sale Accrued interest payable and other liabilities Repurchase agreements FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt Total liabilities 2020 2019 $ $ 19,110 $ 244,783 263,893 11,803 410,624 27,585 1,062 18,430 9,572 28,002 12,549 235,821 18,514 109,788 1,453,744 (25,844) 1,427,900 26,203 41,262 46,494 72,300 — 2,350 2,331,476 $ 1,374,541 (11,775) 1,362,766 21,974 35,374 — 53,142 46,554 19,630 1,944,114 $ 715,791 $ 1,266,598 1,982,389 — 55,931 10,266 — 43,407 2,091,993 278,547 986,495 1,265,042 188,270 41,685 10,172 222,885 4,124 1,732,178 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Preferred stock - par value $1,000; 20,000 shares authorized; 733 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 Common stock - par value $1; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 12,374,322 and 11,526,306 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and 11,995,366 and 11,944,289 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2019 Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Treasury stock - 848,016 and 51,077 shares as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, at cost Total stockholders’ equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 7,334 7,334 12,374 129,119 105,171 2,226 11,995 122,516 72,496 (1,321) (16,741) 239,483 2,331,476 $ (1,084) 211,936 1,944,114 $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 64 MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Income (Dollars in thousands except per share data) Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 INTEREST INCOME Interest and fees on loans Interest on deposits with banks Interest on investment securities Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities Total interest income INTEREST EXPENSE Interest on deposits Interest on short-term borrowings Interest on subordinated debt Total interest expense NET INTEREST INCOME Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses NONINTEREST INCOME Mortgage fee income Payment card and service charge income Insurance and investment services income Gain (loss) on sale of available-for-sale securities, net Gain (loss) on sale of equity securities, net Gain (loss) on derivatives, net Holding gain on equity securities Compliance consulting income Equity method investment income Gains on acquisition and divestiture activity Other operating income Total noninterest income NONINTEREST EXPENSES Salaries and employee benefits Occupancy expense Equipment depreciation and maintenance Data processing and communications Mortgage processing Marketing, contributions and sponsorships Professional fees Insurance, tax and assessment expense Travel, entertainment, dues and subscriptions Other operating expenses Total noninterest expense Income from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - continuing operations Net income from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - discontinued operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Preferred dividends Net income available to common shareholders Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per common share - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per common share - diluted Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted 2020 2019 2018 $ 72,999 $ 437 2,448 4,569 80,453 74,854 $ 489 3,055 3,963 82,361 10,294 1,072 261 11,627 68,826 16,579 52,247 33,427 2,821 872 914 3,501 2,341 374 4,436 24,174 17,640 1,337 91,837 61,629 4,599 3,672 5,375 1,744 1,096 8,453 2,090 3,390 5,093 97,141 46,943 9,532 37,411 — — — 37,411 $ 461 36,950 $ 3.13 $ — $ 3.13 $ 3.06 $ — $ 3.06 $ 17,439 4,752 770 22,961 59,400 1,789 57,611 41,045 1,980 727 (166) (7) 1,253 13,767 921 — — 5,084 64,604 56,175 4,816 3,640 4,025 3,041 1,290 4,999 1,663 4,151 3,401 87,201 35,014 8,450 26,564 575 148 427 26,991 $ 479 26,512 $ 2.22 $ 0.04 $ 2.26 $ 2.16 $ 0.04 $ 2.20 $ 11,821,574 12,088,106 11,713,885 12,044,667 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 62,468 403 3,580 3,309 69,760 11,635 4,315 1,756 17,706 52,054 2,440 49,614 32,337 1,680 716 327 — (278) 590 — — — 3,268 38,640 46,224 4,234 3,239 3,741 3,551 1,141 3,559 1,846 2,808 2,535 72,878 15,376 3,373 12,003 — — — 12,003 489 11,514 1.04 — 1.04 1.00 — 1.00 11,030,984 12,722,003 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 65 MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Dollars in thousands) Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 Net income Other comprehensive income (loss): Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale Income tax effect Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss recognized in income Income tax effect Change in defined benefit pension plan Income tax effect Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net actuarial loss recognized in income Income tax effect Reclassification adjustment for carrying value adjustment - investment hedge recognized in income Income tax effect 2020 2019 $ 37,411 $ 26,991 $ 12,003 2018 6,979 (1,635) 8,498 (2,294) (4,167) 1,125 (914) 214 166 (44) (327) 88 (1,403) 329 (1,467) 396 420 (98) (473) 128 271 (73) 44 (12) (22) 6 306 (83) — — Total other comprehensive income (loss) 3,547 5,485 (3,074) Comprehensive income $ 40,958 $ 32,476 $ 8,929 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 66 MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Dollars in thousands except per share data) Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 Preferred stock Common stock Shares Amount Shares Amount Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Treasury stock Shares Amount Total stockholders' equity Balance as of January 1, 2018 783 $ 7,834 10,495,704 $ 10,496 $ 98,698 $ 37,236 $ (2,988) 51,077 $ (1,084) $ 150,192 Net income Other comprehensive loss Cash dividends paid ($0.11 per share) Dividends on preferred stock Stock-based compensation Common stock options exercised Restricted stock units vested Stranded AOCI Mark-to-market on equity positions Common stock issued from subordinated debt conversion, net of costs — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 162,666 161 — — — 1 — — — — — — 1,267 1,968 (1) — — 12,003 — (1,220) (489) — — — 646 98 — (3,074) — — — — — (646) (98) — 1,000,000 1,000 14,965 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 12,003 (3,074) (1,220) (489) 1,267 2,129 — — — 15,965 Balance as of December 31, 2018 783 7,834 11,658,370 11,658 116,897 48,274 (6,806) 51,077 (1,084) 176,773 Net income Other comprehensive income Cash dividends paid ($0.195 per share) Dividends on preferred stock Stock-based compensation Common stock options exercised Restricted stock units vested Common stock issued from subordinated debt conversion, net of costs Common stock issued related to Chartwell acquisition — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 210,050 9,576 62,500 54,870 Redemption of preferred stock (50) (500) — — — — — — 210 10 62 55 — — — — — 1,759 1,954 (10) 938 978 — 26,991 — (2,290) (479) — — — — — — — 5,485 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 26,991 5,485 (2,290) (479) 1,759 2,164 — 1,000 1,033 (500) Balance as of December 31, 2019 733 7,334 11,995,366 11,995 122,516 72,496 (1,321) 51,077 (1,084) 211,936 Net income Other comprehensive income Cash dividends paid ($0.36 per share) Dividends on preferred stock Stock-based compensation Common stock options exercised Restricted stock units vested Common stock repurchased Common stock issued related to Paladin acquisition — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 305,697 306 53,981 — 19,278 54 — 19 — — — — 2,353 4,153 (124) — 221 37,411 — (4,275) (461) — — — — — — 3,547 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 525 (7) 37,411 3,547 (4,275) (461) 2,353 4,459 (77) 796,414 (15,650) (15,650) — — 240 Balance as of December 31, 2020 733 $ 7,334 12,374,322 $ 12,374 $ 129,119 $ 105,171 $ 2,226 848,016 $ (16,741) $ 239,483 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 67 MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in thousands) Years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: Net amortization and accretion of investments Net amortization of deferred loan (fees) costs Provision for loan losses Depreciation and amortization Stock-based compensation Loans originated for sale Proceeds of loans sold Holding gain on equity securities Mortgage fee income Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities Loss on sale of available-for-sale securities Gain on sale of equity securities Loss on sale of equity securities Gain on sale of portfolio loans Gains on acquisition and divestiture activity Income on bank-owned life insurance, including death benefit proceeds in excess of cash surrender value Deferred taxes Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset Equity method investment income Return on equity method investment Other assets Other liabilities Net cash from operating activities INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale Maturities/paydowns of investment securities available-for-sale Sales of investment securities available-for-sale Purchases of premises and equipment, including premises and equipment included in assets of branches held-for-sale Disposals of premises and equipment Net increase in loans and loans included in assets of branches held-for-sale Purchases of restricted bank stock Redemptions of restricted bank stock Proceeds from sale of certificates of deposit with banks Purchases of certificates of deposit with banks Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned Purchase of bank-owned life insurance Proceeds from death benefit of bank-owned life insurance policies Purchase of equity securities Sales of equity securities Proceeds from divestitures Cash paid for acquisitions Net cash from investing activities FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net increase in deposits and deposits in branches held-for-sale Net change in repurchase agreements Net change in FHLB and other borrowings Subordinated debt issuance (redemption) Subordinated debt issuance and conversion costs Common stock repurchased Preferred stock redemption Common stock options exercised Cash dividends paid on common stock Cash dividends paid on preferred stock Net cash from financing activities Net change in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 68 2020 2019 2018 $ 37,411 $ 26,991 $ 12,003 1,892 1,692 16,579 3,292 2,353 (1,334,910) 1,477,063 (374) (33,427) (948) 34 (3,501) — (332) (17,640) (888) (3,386) 86 (27,574) 3,400 (27,286) 18,699 112,235 1,258 (448) 1,789 3,260 1,759 (1,604,825) 1,611,889 (13,767) (41,045) (105) 271 — 7 (520) — (1,197) (3,953) 10 — — (14,753) 25,317 (8,062) 1,293 (324) 2,440 2,938 1,267 (1,214,078) 1,237,402 (590) (32,337) (352) 25 — — (198) — (1,182) 139 — — — (3,013) 1,261 6,694 (269,790) 64,493 54,023 (6,615) 1,687 (70,186) (25,831) 38,048 1,739 (993) 8,309 (5,000) — (9,918) 4,622 (136,005) 57,306 (294,111) (70,984) 33,583 31,220 (2,042) — (113,076) (49,600) 45,853 2,229 — 731 (574) 688 (1,400) 5,968 — (2,651) (120,055) 574,691 94 (180,283) 40,000 (717) (15,746) — 4,464 (4,275) (461) 417,767 235,891 28,002 $ 263,893 $ 144,158 (4,753) 7,998 (12,400) — — (500) 2,164 (2,290) (479) 133,898 5,781 22,221 28,002 $ (31,068) 25,748 2,743 (2,693) — (199,282) (29,370) 25,681 — — 707 (1,149) 706 (2,000) — — — (209,977) 149,574 (7,478) 62,718 — (35) — — 2,129 (1,220) (489) 205,199 1,916 20,305 22,221 Business combination non-cash disclosures: Assets acquired in business combinations (net of cash received) Liabilities assumed in business combination Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Loans transferred to other real estate owned Employee stock-based compensation tax withholding obligations Restricted stock units vested Common stock converted from subordinated debt Initial recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets Initial recognition of operating lease liabilities Common stock issued related to Paladin acquisition Cash payments for: Interest on deposits, repurchase agreements and borrowings Income taxes $ $ 87,722 $ 148,731 3,389 $ 855 — — 800 $ 35 49 — — — 240 115 $ 57 10 1,000 12,935 15,659 — 1,369 161 1 15,965 — — — $ 12,271 $ 11,966 22,970 $ 3,962 17,277 191 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 69 Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Business and Organization The Company is a financial holding company and was organized as a West Virginia corporation in 2003. MVB operates principally through its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Bank’s subsidiaries include MVB Insurance, MVB CDC, Chartwell, Paladin Fraud and MVB Technology. MVB conducts a wide range of business activities, primarily CoRe banking. The Company also continues to be involved in new innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech. MVB considers Fintech companies as those entities that use technology to electronically move funds. Since the formation of the Bank, the Company has acquired a number of financial institutions and other financial services businesses. Future acquisitions and divestitures will be consistent with the Company’s strategic direction. The Company's most recent acquisition and divestiture activity includes the following: l In September 2019, the Company acquired Chartwell, based from Bethesda, MD. Chartwell provides integrated regulatory compliance, state licensing, financial crimes prevention and enterprise risk management services that include consulting, outsourcing, testing and training solutions. Chartwell has expanded its services to both Fintech clients and banks, in coordination with MVB Bank’s current compliance officers, to help create and implement strategy and provide expert compliance resources with respect to new client due diligence. l In November 2019, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with Summit Community Bank, Inc. (“Summit”), a subsidiary of Summit Financial Group, Inc., pursuant to which Summit purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of three Bank branch locations in Berkeley County, WV, and one Bank branch location in Jefferson County, WV. The Company closed this transaction in April 2020. l In March 2020, the Bank entered into an Agreement with Intercoastal Mortgage Company, a Virginia corporation (“Intercoastal”), and each of H. Edward Dean, III, Tom Pyne and Peter Cameron, providing for the combination of the Bank's mortgage origination services and Intercoastal. The transaction closed in July 2020. On the closing date, Intercoastal converted into a Virginia limited liability company and the Bank contributed certain of its assets and liabilities associated with its mortgage operations to Intercoastal as a capital contribution, in exchange for common units of a new entity, ICM, representing 47% of the common interest of ICM, as well as $7.5 million in preferred units. The Company recognizes its ownership interest in ICM as an equity method investment. l In April 2020, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver for The First State Bank, Barboursville, WV, providing for the assumption by the Bank of certain liabilities and the purchase by the Bank of certain assets of First State. First State depositors automatically became depositors of the Bank and, subject to the insurance limitations, deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC without interruption. In the Agreement, the Bank agreed to pay no deposit premium and to acquire the assets at a discount to book value. The Bank also acquired three branch locations in Barboursville, Teays Valley and Huntington, WV. l In April 2020, Paladin Fraud acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Paladin, LLC, a Washington limited liability company. l In August 2020, MVB Technology entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Invest Forward, Inc., a Delaware corporation doing business as Grand. Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, MVB Technology acquired substantially all the assets of Grand. The purchase price of the transaction consisted of cash totaling $1.0 million, plus the conversion of MVB’s note with Invest Forward. Business Overview Commercial and Retail Banking The Company’s primary business activities, which are conducted through the Bank and its subsidiaries, are primarily CoRe banking. The Bank offers its customers a full range of products and services including: l Various demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit; 70 l Commercial, consumer and real estate mortgage loans and lines of credit; l Debit cards; l Cashier’s checks; l Safe deposit rental facilities; and l Non-deposit investment services offered through an association with a broker-dealer. Fintech Banking In addition to its CoRe banking activities, the Company is also involved in innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech. The dedicated Fintech sales team specializes in providing banking services to corporate Fintech clients, with an overarching focus on operational risk and compliance. Managing banking relationships with clients in the payments, digital savings, cryptocurrency, crowd funding, lottery and gaming industries is complex from both an operational and regulatory perspective. COVID-19 Pandemic During 2020, economies throughout the world have been severely disrupted as a result of the outbreak of COVID-19. The outbreak and any preventative or protective actions that the Company or its clients may take in respect of this virus may result in a period of disruption, including the Company’s financial reporting capabilities, its operations generally and could potentially impact the Company’s clients, providers and third parties. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s future operating results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Basis of Presentation The financial statements are consolidated to include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiary, MVB Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. These statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and practices in the banking industry. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the period. Estimates are based on known facts and circumstances and actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to determination of the allowance for loan losses, purchased credit impaired loans, derivative instruments, goodwill and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Unconsolidated investments where the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the respective investee are accounted for using the equity method of accounting; those that are not consolidated or accounted for using the equity method of accounting are accounted for under cost or fair value accounting. For these investments accounted for under the equity method, the Company records its investment in non-consolidated affiliates and the portion of income or loss in equity in earnings of non-consolidated affiliates. The Company periodically evaluates these investments for impairment. As of December 31, 2020, the Company holds one equity method investment. Certain amounts in the 2019 and 2018 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2020 financial statement presentation and there was no change to net income. The Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits in banks and interest-earning deposits. Interest-earning deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less are considered cash equivalents. Net cash flows are reported for loans, deposits and short-term borrowing transactions. 71 Investment Securities Investment securities at the time of purchase are classified as one of the following: Available-for-Sale Securities - Includes debt that will be held for indefinite periods of time. These securities may be sold in response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity and changes in the availability of and yield of alternative investments. Such securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of estimated income tax effect. Equity Securities - Includes equity securities that are adjusted to fair value on a monthly basis, with the change in value recorded directly on the income statement. The Company has elected to measure the equity securities without readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes for underlying transactions for identical or similar investments of new issues. The amortized cost of investment in debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed by a method that results in a level yield. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the basis of specific identification of the adjusted cost of each security. Securities are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. For debt securities, management considers whether the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference defined as the credit loss), the magnitude and duration of the decline, the reasons underlying the decline and the Company’s intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. If a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, if the Company does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost (the difference defined as the non-credit portion) is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than- temporary is recorded as a loss within noninterest income in the consolidated statement of income. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh and as such, is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of the FHLB that varies with the level of advances outstanding with the FHLB. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank holds $2.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively, which is included in accrued interest receivable and other assets. The stock is bought from and sold to the FHLB based upon its $100 par value. The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated by management. The stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (a) a significant decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted; (b) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance; (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB; and (d) the liquidity position of the FHLB. Management evaluated the stock and concluded that the stock was not impaired for the periods presented herein. Management considered that the FHLB’s regulatory capital ratios have improved in the most recent quarters, liquidity appears adequate, new shares of FHLB stock continue to exchange hands at the $100 par value and the FHLB has repurchased shares of excess capital stock from its members during 2020 and 2019. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by an allowance for loan losses. Loans are considered non-accrual when scheduled principal or interest payments are 90 days past due. Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company consistently applies a quarterly loan review process to continually evaluate loans for changes in credit risk. This process serves as the primary means by which the Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, and is based upon periodic review of the collectability of loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are impaired. The 72 general component covers all loans that are not impaired, and is based upon historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The Company allocates the allowance based on the factors described below, which conform to the Company’s loan classification policy. In reviewing risk within the loan portfolio, management has determined there to be several different risk categories within the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts applicable to: (i) residential real estate loans; (ii) commercial and commercial real estate secured loans; (iii) home equity loans; and (iv) consumer and other loans. Factors considered in this process include general loan terms, collateral and availability of historical data to support the analysis. Historical loss percentages for each loan category are calculated and used as the basis for calculating allowance allocations. Certain qualitative factors are evaluated to determine additional inherent risks in the loan portfolio, which are not necessarily reflected in the historical loss percentages. These factors are then added to the historical allocation percentages to get the adjusted factor to be applied to non- classified loans on a weighted basis, by risk grade. The following qualitative factors are analyzed: l Lending policies and procedures l Nature and volume of the portfolio l Experience and ability of lending management and staff l Volume and severity of problem credits l Quality of the loan review system l Conclusions of loan reviews, audits and exams l National, state, regional and local economic trends and business conditions l General economic conditions l Unemployment rates l Inflation / Consumer Price Index l Value of underlying collateral l Existence and effect of any credit concentrations l Consumer sentiment l Other external factors The Company analyzes its loan portfolio each quarter to determine the appropriateness of its allowance for loan losses. A loan that has deteriorated and requires additional collection efforts by the Bank could warrant non-accrual status. A thorough review is presented to the Chief Credit Officer and/or the Special Assets Review Committee (“SARC”), as required with respect to any loan which is in a collection process and to make a determination as to whether the loan should be placed on non-accrual status. The placement of loans on non-accrual status is subject to applicable regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Generally, loans should be placed in non-accrual status when the loan reaches 90 days past due, when it becomes likely the borrower cannot or will not make scheduled principal or interest payments, when full repayment of principal and interest is not expected, or when the loan displays potential loss characteristics. Normally, all accrued interest is charged off when a loan is placed in non-accrual status, unless Management believes it is likely the accrued interest will be collected. Any payments subsequently received are applied to principal. To remove a loan from non-accrual status, all principal and interest due must be paid up to date and the Bank is reasonably sure of future satisfactory payment performance. Usually, this requires a six-month recent history of payments due. Removal of a loan from non-accrual status will require the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and/or SARC. Loans are considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in evaluating impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The Company also separately evaluates individual consumer loans for impairment. Loans are identified individually by monitoring the delinquency status of the Bank’s portfolio. Once identified, the Bank’s ongoing communications with the borrower allow evaluation of the significance of the payment delays and the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower. Once the determination has been made that a loan is impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured using one of three valuation methods: (a) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (b) the loan’s observable market price; or (c) the fair value of the collateral less selling costs. The method is selected on a loan-by-loan 73 basis, with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method. The evaluation of the need and amount of a specific allocation of the allowance and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis. The Company defers loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. Purchased Credit Impaired Loans The Company may purchase individual loans and groups of loans, some of which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These PCI loans are recorded at the amount paid, such that there is no carryover of the seller's allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Such PCI loans are accounted for individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics, such as credit score, loan type and date of origination. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each loan or pool and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield). The excess of the loan's or pool's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (non-accretable difference). Over the life of the loan or pool, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded as a provision for loan losses. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income. Troubled Debt Restructurings A restructuring of debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. The determination of whether a concession has been granted includes an evaluation of the debtor’s ability to access funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics and among other things, the significance of the modification relative to unpaid principal or collateral value of the debt and/or the significance of a delay in the timing of payments relative to the frequency of payments, original maturity date or the expected duration of the loan. The most common concessions granted generally include one or more modifications to the terms of the debt such as a reduction in the interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or reduction of the unpaid principal or interest. All TDRs are considered impaired loans. Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation, while land is carried at cost. Depreciation expense is computed for financial reporting by the straight-line-method based on the estimated useful lives of assets, which range from seven to 40 years on buildings, three to ten years on furniture, fixtures and equipment, and lesser of useful life or lease term for leasehold improvements. Bank-Owned Life Insurance Bank-owned life insurance represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the beneficiary of such policies. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value or the amount that can be realized upon surrender of the policy. Income from these policies is not subject to income taxes and is recorded as noninterest income. Equity Method Investment Investments in companies in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included in the equity method investment line item on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes its proportionate share of the investee's profits and losses in the equity method investment income line item with corresponding adjustments to the equity method investment line item. 74 Intangible Assets and Goodwill Goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. In addition to the annual impairment evaluation, the Company evaluates for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not an impairment loss has occurred. The Company performs its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test discussed below. The Company assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Examples of qualitative factors include: economic conditions; industry and market considerations; increases in labor or other costs; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows; relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; and regulatory or political developments. The Company early adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) and did so for the period ended December 31, 2020. This guidance simplified the accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on Step 1 of the previous accounting guidance’s two-step impairment test under ASC Topic 350. Under the new guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the entity will record an impairment charge based on that difference. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The new standard eliminates the requirement to calculate a goodwill impairment charge using Step 2, which involved calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The standard does not change the guidance on completing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. Entities are still be able to perform optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment before determining whether to proceed to the quantitative step of determining whether the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds it fair value. For intangible assets subject to amortization, the recoverability test is performed when a triggering event occurs and an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds fair value and is not recoverable. The carrying value of the intangible asset is considered not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. Intangible assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying value of the intangible asset with an indefinite life exceeds its fair value. Derivative Instruments Interest Rate Lock Commitments and Hedges The Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 days to 120 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and hedges is very high due to their similarity. As a result of these strategies, the Company limits the exposure of losses with these arrangements and will not realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. For loans not originated on a best effort basis, the Company also uses mortgage-backed security hedges and pair-offs to mitigate interest rate risk by entering into securities and mortgage-backed securities trades with brokers. The fair value of rate lock commitments and hedges is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and hedges are not actively traded in stand-alone-markets. The Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and hedges by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Fair value changes are recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance of interest rate lock commitments was $0 and $1.7 million, respectively. There were no forward sales commitments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Interest Rate Swaps Beginning in 2015, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to facilitate the risk management strategies of a small number of commercial banking clients. The Company mitigates this risk by entering into equal and offsetting interest rate swap agreements with highly rated third-party financial institutions. The interest rate swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and 75 are recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Fair value changes are recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated net income statement. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of interest rate swap agreements was $13.8 million and $5.7 million, respectively. Fair Value Hedge The Company entered into an interest rate swap designated as a fair value hedge to mitigate the effect of changing interest rates on the fair values of certain designated fixed-rate loans and available for sale securities. This involves the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. The gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company entered into a pay-fixed/receive-variable interest rate swap in January 2019 with a notional amount of $23.0 million and $30.0 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which was designated as a fair value hedge associated with the Company’s fixed-rate loan program and certain available for sale securities. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of interest rate swap hedge was $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Mortgage Servicing Rights Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) are recorded when the Bank sells mortgage loans and retains the servicing on those loans. On a monthly basis, MVB tracks the amount of mortgage loans that are sold with servicing retained. A valuation is done to determine the MSRs value, which is then recorded as an asset and amortized over the period of estimated net servicing revenues. The balance of MSRs is evaluated for impairment quarterly, and was determined not to be impaired at December 31, 2020 or 2019. Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments from borrowers, maintaining escrow accounts, remitting payments to third party investors and, when necessary, foreclosure processing. Serviced loans are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the value of MSRs was $2.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Foreclosed Assets Held for Resale Foreclosed assets held for resale acquired in satisfaction of mortgage obligations and in foreclosure proceedings are recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis, with any valuation adjustments charged to the allowance for loan losses. In subsequent periods, foreclosed assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less any costs to sell. Costs relating to improvement of the property are capitalized, while holding costs of the property are charged to other loan origination and maintenance expense in the period incurred. Subsequent declines in fair value and gains or losses on sale are recorded in other noninterest expense. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company held other real estate of $5.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively. These amounts include the foreclosed assets that were acquired from our acquisition of First State. Fair Value Measurements Accounting standards require that the Company adopt fair value measurement for financial assets and financial liabilities. This enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities applies whenever other standards require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. This guidance does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. The following summarizes the methods and significant assumptions used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments. Level I: Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date. Level II: Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are available, but traded less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed. Level III: Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have two- way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. 76 Transfers of assets and liabilities between levels within the fair value hierarchy are recognized when an event or change in circumstances occurs. Revenue Recognition The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). Under Topic 606, the Company must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Significant revenue has not been recognized in the current reporting period that results from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods. The Company’s primary sources of revenue are derived from interest and fees earned on loans, investment securities and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of Topic 606. The Company has evaluated the nature of its contracts with customers and determined that further disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers into more granular categories beyond what is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income is not currently necessary. The Company generally fully satisfies its performance obligations on its contracts with customers as services are rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed, charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity. Because performance obligations are satisfied as services are rendered and the transaction prices are fixed, there is little judgment involved in applying Topic 606 that significantly affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with customers. Payment Card and Service Charge Income Payment card and service charge income are comprised of service charges on accounts and interchange and debit card transaction fees. Service charges on accounts consist of account analysis fees, monthly service fees, check orders and other account related fees. The Company’s performance obligation for account analysis fees and monthly service fees is generally satisfied and the related revenue recognized, over the period in which the service is provided. Check orders and other account related fees are largely transactional based and therefore, the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied and related revenue recognized, at a point in time. Payment for service charges on accounts is primarily received immediately or in the following month through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. Interchange and debit card transaction fees are primarily comprised of interchange fees earned whenever the Bank’s debit and credit cards are processed through card payment networks, such as Visa. The Bank’s performance obligation for debit card and interchange income is generally satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, on a transactional basis. Payment is typically received immediately or in the following month. The Company also enters into interchange arrangements with minimum commitment fees. Minimum commitment fees are recognized ratably, until such time that minimum commitment fees are exceeded or expected to be exceeded. Compliance Consulting Income Compliance consulting income is comprised of consulting revenue generated by Chartwell and Paladin Fraud. Chartwell provides integrated regulatory compliance, state licensing, financial crimes prevention and enterprise risk management services that include consulting, outsourcing, testing and training solutions. Paladin Fraud provides an extensive and customizable suite of fraud prevention services for merchants, credit agencies, Fintech companies and other vendors to help clients and partners defend against threats. Chartwell and Paladin Fraud account for a contract after it has been approved by all parties to the arrangement, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. The services promised are then evaluated in each contract at inception to determine whether the contract should be accounted for as having one or more performance obligations. Both Chartwell and Paladin Fraud's services included in its contracts are distinct from one another. The transaction price for each contract is determined based upon the consideration expected to be received for the distinct services being provided under the contract. Revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied and the customer obtains control of the goods or services provided. In determining when performance obligations are satisfied, factors considered include contract terms, payment terms and whether there is an alternative future use of the product or service. Consulting engagements may vary in length and scope but will generally include the review and/or preparation of regulatory filings, business plans, financial models and other risk management services to customers within financial industries. Revenue from consulting services is recognized upon completion of deliverables as outlined in the consulting agreement. 77 Other Operating Income Other operating income is primarily comprised of ATM fees, wire transfer fees, travelers check fees, revenue streams such as safe deposit box rental fees and other miscellaneous service charges. ATM fees, wire transfer fees and travelers check fees are primarily generated when a Bank’s cardholder uses a non-Bank ATM or a non-Bank cardholder uses a Bank ATM. Safe deposit box rental fees are charged to the customer on an annual basis and recognized upon receipt of payment. The Bank determined that since rentals and renewals occur fairly consistently over time, revenue is recognized on a basis consistent with the duration of the performance obligation. Other service charges include revenue from processing wire transfers, bill pay service, cashier’s checks and other services. The Bank’s performance obligations for fees and other service charges are largely satisfied, and related revenue recognized, when the services are rendered or upon completion. Payment is typically received immediately or in the following month. The Bank’s performance obligation for the gains and losses on sales of other real estate owned is satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, after each sale of other real estate owned is closed. Marketing Costs Marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Marketing expense was $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Stock-Based Compensation Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Earnings Per Share The Company determines basic earnings per share by dividing net income less preferred stock dividends by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing net income less dividends on convertible preferred stock plus interest on convertible subordinated debt by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, increased by both the number of shares that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options under the Company’s 2003 and 2013 Stock Incentive Plans and the conversion of preferred stock and subordinated debt, if dilutive. 78 (Dollars in thousands except shares and per share data) Numerator for basic earnings per share: Net income from continuing operations Less: Dividends on preferred stock Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders - basic Net income from discontinued operations available to common shareholders - basic and diluted Net income available to common shareholders Numerator for diluted earnings per share: Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders - basic Add: Dividends on preferred stock Add: Interest on subordinated debt (tax effected) Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations - diluted Denominator: Total average shares outstanding Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock Effect of dilutive convertible subordinated debt Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units Total diluted average shares outstanding Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic Earnings per common share - basic Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted Earnings per common share - diluted For the years ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 37,411 $ 461 36,950 26,564 $ 479 26,085 12,003 489 11,514 — 36,950 $ 427 26,512 $ — 11,514 36,950 $ — — 36,950 $ 26,085 $ — — 26,085 $ 11,514 489 753 12,756 $ $ $ $ 11,821,574 — — 266,532 12,088,106 11,713,885 — — 330,782 12,044,667 11,030,984 489,625 837,500 363,894 12,722,003 $ $ $ $ $ $ 3.13 $ — $ 3.13 $ 3.06 $ — $ 3.06 $ 2.22 $ 0.04 $ 2.26 $ 2.16 $ 0.04 $ 2.20 $ 1.04 — 1.04 1.00 — 1.00 For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, approximately 0.5 million, 0.4 million and 0.3 million options to purchase shares of common stock, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be antidilutive. Comprehensive Income Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and minimum pension liability, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. In 2018, the Company was required to perform a reclassification from AOCI to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Reform Act. The Tax Reform Act included a reduction to the corporate income tax rate from 34 percent to 21 percent effective January 1, 2018. The amount of the reclassification is the difference between the historical corporate income tax rate and the newly enacted 21 percent corporate income tax rate, which resulted in a decrease of $0.6 million. Income Taxes The amount reflected as income taxes represents federal and state income taxes on financial statement income. Certain items of income and expense, primarily the provision for possible loan losses, allowance for losses on foreclosed assets held for resale, depreciation and accretion of discounts on investment securities are reported in different accounting periods for income tax purposes. The Company and the Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on the difference between the financial statement basis and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the 79 enacted marginal tax rates. Deferred income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes in the net deferred tax asset or liability from period to period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the result of timing differences in recognition of revenue and expense for income tax and financial statement purposes. No deferred income tax valuation allowance is provided since it is more likely than not that realization of the deferred income tax asset will occur in future years. The Company prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be reversed in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. With limited exception, the Company’s federal and state income tax returns for taxable years through 2016 have been closed for purposes of examination by the federal and state taxing jurisdictions. Operating Segments An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities that generates revenue and incurs expense, and the operating results of which are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in the determination of resource allocation and performance. While the Company’s chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various Company’s products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. The Company has identified three reportable segments: CoRe banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. Business Combinations U.S. GAAP requires that the acquisition method of accounting, formerly referred to as the purchase method, be used for all business combinations that an acquirer is identified for each business combination. Under U.S. GAAP, the acquirer is the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, and the acquisition date is the date the acquirer achieves control. U.S. GAAP requires that the acquirer recognize the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity at the acquisition date. Transfers of Financial Assets Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirement for Defined Benefit Plans, which modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The updates in this ASU are part of the disclosure framework project ASU 2018-14 and modify the disclosure requirements under ASC 715-20 for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. Those modifications include the removal and addition of disclosure requirements as well as clarifying specific disclosure requirements. The ASU removed the following disclosures: 1) the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year; 2) the amount and timing of plan assets expected to be returned to the employer; 3) the disclosures related to the June 2001 amendments to the Japanese Welfare Pension Insurance Law; 4) related party disclosures about the amount of future annual benefits covered by insurance and annuity contracts and significant transactions between the employer or related parties and the plan; 5) for nonpublic entities, the reconciliation of the opening balances to the closing balances of plan assets measured on a recurring basis in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; however, nonpublic entities will be required to disclose separately the amounts of transfers into and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and purchases of Level 3 plan assets and 6) for public entities, the effects of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates on the (i) aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit costs and (ii) benefit obligation for postretirement 80 health care benefits. The ASU added the following disclosures: 1) the weighted-average interest crediting rates for cash balance plans and other plans with promised interest crediting rates and 2) an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. The ASU then clarified the following disclosures: 1) the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) and fair value of plan assets for plans with PBOs more than plan assets; and 2) the accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) and fair value of plan assets for plans with ABOs more than plan assets. ASU 2018-14 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. As ASU 2018-14 only revises disclosure requirements, it did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The updates in this ASU are part of the disclosure framework project and modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The modifications include additions, modification and removal of disclosure requirements. The ASU removed the following disclosure requirements: 1) the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, 2) the policy for timing of transfers between levels, 3) the valuation process for Level 3 fair value measurements and 4) for nonpublic entities, the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in earnings for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period. The ASU added the following disclosure requirements: 1) the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of the reporting period; and 2) the range and weighted-average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. For certain unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information (such as the median or arithmetic average) in lieu of the weighted-average if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU also modified the following disclosure requirements: 1) in lieu of a rollforward for Level 3 fair value measurements, a nonpublic entity is required to disclose transfers into and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and purchases and issues of Level 3 assets and liabilities; 2) for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value, an entity is required to disclose the timing of liquidation of an investee's assets and the date when restrictions from redemption might lapse only if the investee has communicated the timing to the entity or announced the timing publicly; and 3) clarification that the measurement uncertainty disclosure is to communicate information about the uncertainty in measurement as of the reporting date. ASU 2018-13 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance in November 2018, ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, in April 2019, ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, in May 2019, ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 326 and in November 2019, ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates and ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, all of which clarifies codification and corrects unintended application of the guidance. The new guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current U.S. GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of a broader range of information to determine credit loss estimates. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by using an allowance for credit losses. PCI loans will receive an allowance account at the acquisition date that represents a component of the purchase price allocation. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with such allowance limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. The guidance was initially effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. On November 15, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Investments – Credit Issues (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which finalizes a delay in the effective date of the standard for smaller reporting companies until January 2023. The Company expects to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective, but cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time adjustment or the overall impact of the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. In that regard, the Company has formed a cross-functional implementation team. The team is working to develop an implementation plan which will include assessment and documentation of processes, internal controls and data sources; model development and documentation; and system configuration, among other things. The Company is also in the process of implementing a third-party vendor solution to assist it in the application of this standard. The adoption of this standard could result in an increase in the allowance for loan losses as a result of changing from an “incurred loss” model, which encompasses allowances for current known and inherent losses within the portfolio, to an “expected loss” model, which encompasses allowances for losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. While the Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, it expects that the impact of adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of its loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption date. 81 In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, Investments-Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)-Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815. ASU 2020-01 clarifies the interaction between accounting standards related to equity securities, equity method investments and certain derivatives, including accounting for the transition into and out of the equity method and measuring certain purchased options and forward contracts to acquire investments. The amendments will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2021. The Company does not expect this standard to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments. The amendments represent clarification and improvements to the codification and correct unintended application. This standard was effective immediately upon issuance and its adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments provide optional expedients and exceptions for certain contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of rate reform. The guidance is effective from the date of issuance until December 31, 2022. The guidance permits entities to not apply modification accounting or remeasure lease payments in lease contracts if the changes to the contract are related to the discontinuation of the reference rate. If certain criteria are met, the amendments also allow exceptions to the de-designation criteria of the hedging relationship and the assessment of hedge effectiveness during the transition period. In January 2021, ASU 2021-01 was issued by the FASB and clarifies that certain exceptions in reference rate reform apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. The Company will continue to assess the impact as the reference rate transition occurs over the next two years. In August 2020, the SEC issued a final rule that modernizes the disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K relating to the description of the business, legal proceedings, and risk factors, which are required in many SEC filings, including Form 10-K and registration statements. The final rule was effective in November 2020, 30 days after its date of publication in the Federal Register. The Company adopted the amendments in preparing this report. Note 2 – Investment Securities Amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) United States government agency securities United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Other debt securities Total debt securities Other securities Total investment securities available-for-sale Amortized Cost Unrealized Gain Unrealized Loss Fair Value $ $ 56,207 $ 94,968 223,642 7,500 382,317 18,401 400,718 $ 995 $ 972 8,327 — 10,294 146 10,440 $ (210) $ (171) (82) — (463) (71) (534) $ 56,992 95,769 231,887 7,500 392,148 18,476 410,624 Amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2019 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) United States government agency securities United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Total debt securities Other securities Total investment securities available-for-sale Amortized Cost Unrealized Gain Unrealized Loss Fair Value $ $ 52,046 $ 58,748 108,750 219,544 12,247 231,791 $ 199 $ 188 4,399 4,786 181 4,967 $ (249) $ (624) (57) (930) (7) (937) $ 51,996 58,312 113,092 223,400 12,421 235,821 82 The following table summarizes amortized cost and fair values of debt securities by maturity: (Dollars in thousands) Within one year After one year, but within five years After five years, but within ten years After ten years Total December 31, 2020 Available for sale Amortized Cost Fair Value $ $ — $ 9,254 36,097 336,966 382,317 $ — 9,629 36,863 345,656 392,148 The table above reflects contractual maturities. Actual results will differ as the loans underlying the mortgage-backed securities may repay sooner than scheduled. Investment securities with a carrying value of $229.4 million and $68.0 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, repurchase agreements and potential borrowings at the Federal Reserve discount window. The Company’s investment portfolio includes securities that are in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020, the details of which are included in the following table. Although these securities, if sold at December 31, 2020 would result in a pretax loss of $0.5 million, the Company has no intent to sell the applicable securities at such fair values, and maintains the Company has the ability to hold these securities until all principal has been recovered. It is more likely than not that the Company will not, for liquidity purposes, sell any securities at a loss. Declines in the fair values of these securities can be traced to general market conditions, which reflect the prospect for the economy as a whole. When determining other-than-temporary impairment on securities, the Company considers such factors as adverse conditions specifically related to a certain security or to specific conditions in an industry or geographic area, the time frame securities have been in an unrealized loss position, the Company’s ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery in value, whether or not the security has been downgraded by a rating agency and whether or not the financial condition of the security issuer has severely deteriorated. As of December 31, 2020, the Company considers all securities with unrealized loss positions to be temporarily impaired, and consequently, does not believe the Company will sustain material realized losses as a result of the current temporary decline in fair value. The following table discloses the length of time that investments have remained in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) Description and number of positions United States government agency securities (27) United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities (9) Municipal securities (14) Other securities (5) Less than 12 months 12 months or more Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss $ $ 19,021 $ 15,331 11,856 3,947 50,155 $ (68) $ (155) (82) (71) (376) $ 12,574 $ 3,349 — — 15,923 $ (142) (16) — — (158) The following table discloses the length of time that investments have remained in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2019: (Dollars in thousands) Description and number of positions United States government agency securities (26) United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities (40) Municipal securities (13) Other securities (2) Less than 12 months 12 months or more Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss $ 8,160 $ 16,660 6,018 1,093 31,931 $ $ (59) $ (170) (40) (7) (276) $ 15,399 $ 27,498 828 — 43,725 $ (190) (454) (17) — (661) 83 The following table summarizes the investment sales and related gains and losses in 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Sales of available-for-sale investments Gross gains Gross losses Sales of equity investments Gross gains Gross losses 2020 2019 2018 $ $ 54,023 $ 948 34 4,622 $ 3,501 — 31,220 $ 105 271 5,968 $ — 7 2,743 352 25 — — — The Company recognized unrealized holding gains on equity securities of $0.4 million, $13.8 million and $0.6 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and these were recorded in noninterest income. A majority of the 2019 unrealized holding gains on equity securities was the result of the Company recognizing a $13.5 million pre-tax gain after a valuation on its Fintech investment portfolio in the second quarter of 2019. There were no held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019 and the Company sold no held-to-maturity investments during the years of 2020, 2019 or 2018. Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses Prior to the ICM transaction, the Company routinely generated one to four family mortgages for sale into the secondary market. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized sales proceeds of $1.48 billion, $1.61 billion and $1.24 billion, resulting in mortgage fee income of $33.4 million, $41.0 million and $32.3 million, respectively. The components of loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential Home equity Consumer PCI loans: Commercial and non-residential real estate Residential Consumer Total loans Deferred loan origination costs and (fees), net Loans receivable 2020 1,141,114 $ 240,264 30,828 3,156 21,008 16,943 1,488 1,454,801 (1,057) 1,453,744 $ 2019 1,063,828 271,604 35,106 3,697 — — — 1,374,235 306 1,374,541 $ $ The following table summarizes the primary segments of the loan portfolio, excluding PCI loans, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total Loans December 31, 2019 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Total Loans Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total 13,334 $ $ 1,127,780 $ 1,141,114 $ 240,264 $ 1,960 $ 238,304 7,401 $ $ 1,056,427 $ 1,063,828 $ 271,604 $ 1,953 $ 269,651 95 $ 30,733 30,828 $ 5 $ 3,151 3,156 $ 15,394 1,399,968 1,415,362 95 $ 35,011 35,106 $ 34 $ 3,663 3,697 $ 9,483 1,364,752 1,374,235 The Company currently manages its loan portfolios and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments which are levels at which the Company develops and documents its systematic methodology to 84 determine the allowance for credit losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment. These segments are as follows: Commercial business loans – Commercial loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs, as well as to finance owner occupied real estate, and to finance future cash flows of Federal Government lease contracts. Repayment of these loans primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrower’s business. Commercial loans also include lines of credit that are utilized to finance a borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and inventory. This segment includes both company originated and purchased participation loans. Credit risk arises from the successful operation of the business which may be affected by competition, rising interest rates, regulatory changes and adverse conditions in the local and regional economy. Commercial real estate loans – Commercial real estate loans consist of non-owner occupied properties, such as investment properties for retail, office and multifamily with a history of occupancy and cash flow. This segment includes both company originated and purchased participation loans. These loans carry the risk of adverse changes in the local economy and a tenant’s deteriorating credit strength, lease expirations in soft markets and sustained vacancies which can adversely impact cash flow. Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans – Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans are intended to finance the construction of commercial and residential properties, including the construction of single-family dwellings, and also includes loans for the acquisition and development of land. Construction loans represent a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be affected by a variety of factors such as the borrower’s ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules and the risk that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame or at the anticipated price. The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan. Commercial SBA PPP loans –This segment includes the loan originated through the recently created SBA PPP loans. Credit risk is heightened as this SBA program mandates that these loans require no collateral and no guarantors of the loans. However, the loans are backed by a full guaranty of the SBA, so long as the loans were originated in accordance with the program guidelines. Additionally, these loans are eligible for full forgiveness by the SBA so long as the borrowers comply with the program guidelines as it pertains to their eligibility to borrow these funds, as well as their use of the funds. Residential mortgage loans – This residential real estate subsegment contains permanent and construction mortgage loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral values. Credit risk arises from the borrower’s, and where applicable the builder's, continuing financial stability, which can be adversely impacted by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy, among other factors. Also impacting credit risk would be a shortfall in the value of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default or subsequent liquidation of the real estate collateral. Home equity lines of credit – This segment includes subsegment for senior lien and subordinate lien lines of credit. Credit risk is similar to residential real estate loans described above as it is subject to the borrower’s continuing financial stability and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Consumer loans – This segment of loans includes primarily installment loans and personal lines of credit. Consumer loans include installment loans used by clients to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. Credit risk is similar to residential real estate loans described above as it is subject to the borrower’s continuing financial stability and the value of the collateral securing the loan. 85 The following table presents impaired loans by class, excluding PCI loans, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development Total commercial Residential Home equity Consumer Total impaired loans December 31, 2019 Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development Total commercial Residential Home equity Consumer Total impaired loans Impaired Loans with Specific Allowance Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance Total Impaired Loans Recorded Investment Related Allowance Recorded Investment Recorded Investment Unpaid Principal Balance $ $ $ $ 3,431 $ 772 — 4,203 — — — 4,203 $ 2,606 $ 1,786 — 4,392 — — — 4,392 $ 1,032 $ 264 — 1,296 — — — 1,296 $ 5,653 $ 944 2,534 9,131 1,960 95 5 11,191 $ 9,084 $ 1,716 2,534 13,334 1,960 95 5 15,394 $ 249 $ 325 — 574 — — — 574 $ 644 $ 295 2,070 3,009 1,953 95 34 5,091 $ 3,250 $ 2,081 2,070 7,401 1,953 95 34 9,483 $ 10,440 1,864 3,939 16,243 2,232 95 5 18,575 4,308 2,171 3,467 9,946 2,045 100 35 12,126 The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans, excluding PCI loans, and related interest income recognized for the years ended: December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized on Accrual Basis Interest Income Recognized on Cash Basis Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized on Accrual Basis Interest Income Recognized on Cash Basis Average Investment in Impaired Loans Interest Income Recognized on Accrual Basis Interest Income Recognized on Cash Basis $ 6,066 $ — $ — $ 3,202 $ — $ — $ 4,052 $ 51 $ 106 3,057 1,207 10,330 2,541 87 7 97 67 164 19 — — 104 73 177 19 — — 3,220 2,151 8,573 2,719 154 45 162 123 285 16 2 — 140 131 271 16 2 — 6,416 1,367 11,835 2,569 100 149 159 106 316 20 2 — 94 8 208 14 1 — $ 12,965 $ 183 $ 196 $ 11,491 $ 303 $ 289 $ 14,653 $ 338 $ 223 (Dollars in thousands) Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development Total commercial Residential Home equity Consumer Total As of December 31, 2020, there are five loans collateralized by residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The total recorded investment in these loans was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020. These loans are included in the table above and have no specific allowance allocated to them. As of December 31, 2020, the loans acquired through the acquisition of First State held 32 foreclosed residential real estate properties, representing $2.6 million, or 56.6%, of the total balance of other real estate owned. These properties are held as a result of the foreclosures of various commercial loans to different borrowers. There are eleven additional loans collateralized by 86 residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The total recorded investment in these loans was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2020. These loans are included in the table above and have no specific allowance allocated to them. As of December 31, 2019, the Bank held eleven foreclosed residential real estate properties representing $0.6 million, or 40.9%, of the total balance of other real estate owned. These properties are held as a result of the foreclosures of primarily two commercial loan relationships, one of which included two properties for a total of $0.3 million, while the other included seven properties for a total of $0.2 million. The three remaining properties, totaling $0.1 million, were the result of the foreclosure of two unrelated borrowers. There are seven additional consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The total recorded investment in these loans was $0.6 million as of December 31, 2019. These loans are included in the table above and have no specific allowance allocated to them. Bank management uses a nine point internal risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The first six categories are considered not criticized and are aggregated as “Pass” rated. The criticized rating categories utilized by management generally follow bank regulatory definitions. Loans categorized as “Pass” rated have adequate sources of repayment, with little identifiable risk of collection and general conformity to the Bank's policy requirements, product guidelines and underwriting standards. Any exceptions that are identified during the underwriting and approval process have been adequately mitigated by other factors. Loans categorized as “Special Mention” rated have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose the institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. Loans categorized as “Substandard” rated are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans categorized as “Doubtful” rated have all the weakness inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weakness make collections or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. However, these loans are not yet rated as loss because certain events may occur which would salvage the debt. The Special Mention category includes assets that are currently protected but are potentially weak, resulting in an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a Substandard classification. Loans in the Substandard category have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt and have a distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the weaknesses are not corrected. Any portion of a loan that has been or is expected to be charged off is placed in the Loss category. To help ensure that risk ratings are accurate and reflect the present and future capacity of borrowers to repay a loan as agreed, the Bank has a structured loan rating process with several layers of internal and external oversight. Generally, consumer and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as past due status, bankruptcy, repossession or death occurs to raise awareness of a possible credit event. The Bank’s Chief Credit Officer is responsible for the timely and accurate risk rating of the loans in the portfolio at origination and on an ongoing basis. The Credit Department ensures that a review of all commercial relationships of $1.0 million or greater is performed annually. Review of the appropriate risk grade is included in both the internal and external loan review process, and on an ongoing basis. The Bank has an experienced Credit Department that continually reviews and assesses loans within the portfolio. The Bank engages an external consultant to conduct independent loan reviews on at least an annual basis. Generally, the external consultant reviews larger commercial relationships or criticized relationships. The Credit Department compiles detailed reviews, including plans for resolution, on loans classified as Substandard on a quarterly basis. Loans in the Special Mention and Substandard categories that are collectively evaluated for impairment are given separate consideration in the determination of the allowance. 87 The following table represents the classes of the loan portfolio, excluding PCI loans, summarized by the aggregate Pass and the criticized categories of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development SBA PPP Total commercial Residential Home equity Consumer Total Loans December 31, 2019 Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development Total commercial Residential Home equity Consumer Total Loans Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total $ 496,222 $ 356,544 80,771 81,975 1,015,512 236,250 30,277 3,124 $ 1,285,163 $ 9,529 $ 32,044 25,001 — 66,574 948 381 32 67,935 $ 17,045 $ 34,001 4,184 — 55,230 2,896 144 — 58,270 $ 1,095 $ 533 2,170 — 3,798 170 26 — 523,891 423,122 112,126 81,975 1,141,114 240,264 30,828 3,156 3,994 $ 1,415,362 $ 511,590 $ 406,712 106,428 1,024,730 267,367 34,641 3,613 $ 1,330,351 $ 17,398 $ 11,894 $ 3,564 1,869 22,831 1,946 383 56 25,216 $ 1,494 2,879 16,267 2,177 82 28 18,554 $ 540,882 — $ 411,770 — 111,176 — 1,063,828 — 271,604 114 35,106 — — 3,697 114 $ 1,374,235 Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due. A loan that has deteriorated and requires additional collection efforts by the Bank could warrant non-accrual status. A thorough review is presented to the Chief Credit Officer and/or the SARC, as required with respect to any loan which is in a collection process and to make a determination as to whether the loan should be placed on non-accrual status. The placement of loans on non-accrual status is subject to applicable regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Generally, loans should be placed in non-accrual status when the loan reaches 90 days past due, when it becomes likely the borrower cannot or will not make scheduled principal or interest payments, when full repayment of principal and interest is not expected or when the loan displays potential loss characteristics. Normally, all accrued interest is charged off when a loan is placed in non-accrual status, unless the Company believes it is likely the accrued interest will be collected. Any payments subsequently received are applied to principal. To remove a loan from non-accrual status, all principal and interest due must be paid up to date and the Bank is reasonably sure of future satisfactory payment performance. Usually, this requires the receipt of six consecutive months of regular, on-time payments. Removal of a loan from non-accrual status will require the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and/or SARC. 88 The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio, excluding PCI loans, summarized by aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: Current 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total Past Due Total Loans Non- Accrual 90+ Days Still Accruing (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development SBA PPP $ 521,799 $ 1,040 $ 33 $ 1,019 $ 2,092 $ 523,891 $ 8,601 $ 422,343 109,686 81,975 34 — — 1,074 2,058 289 — 212 — — 245 1,969 75 — 533 2,440 — 3,992 817 95 — 779 2,440 — 423,122 112,126 81,975 5,311 1,141,114 4,844 240,264 459 — 30,828 3,156 944 2,534 — 12,079 1,534 95 5 Total commercial 1,135,803 Residential Home equity Consumer 235,420 30,369 3,156 Total Loans $ 1,404,748 $ 3,421 $ 2,289 $ 4,904 $ 10,614 $ 1,415,362 $ 13,713 $ December 31, 2019 Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development Total commercial Residential Home equity Consumer $ 537,602 $ 3,189 $ 47 $ 44 $ 3,280 $ 540,882 $ 2,848 $ 411,070 110,717 1,059,389 267,515 34,382 3,610 522 180 3,891 3,003 545 1 178 — 225 549 84 58 — 279 323 537 95 28 700 459 411,770 111,176 4,439 1,063,828 4,089 271,604 724 87 35,106 3,697 295 390 3,533 1,461 95 34 Total Loans $ 1,364,896 $ 7,440 $ 916 $ 983 $ 9,339 $ 1,374,235 $ 5,123 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — The ALL is maintained to absorb losses from the loan portfolio and is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the risk characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience and the amount of non-performing loans. Interest income on loans would have increased by approximately $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.8 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, if loans had performed in accordance with their terms. The Bank’s methodology for determining the ALL is based on the requirements of ASC Section 310 for loans individually evaluated for impairment (discussed above) and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, as well as the Interagency Policy Statements on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and other bank regulatory guidance. The total of the two components represents the Bank’s ALL. The Bank analyzes certain impaired loans in homogeneous pools, rather than on an individual basis, when those loans are below specific thresholds based on outstanding principal balance. More specifically, residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and consumer loans, when considered impaired, are evaluated collectively for impairment by applying allocation rates derived from the Bank’s historical losses specific to impaired loans and the reserve totaled $0.1 million and $0.1 million, and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment are analyzed with general allowances being made as appropriate. For general allowances, historical loss trends are used in the estimation of losses in the current portfolio. These historical loss amounts are modified by qualified factors. The segments described above, which are based on the Federal call code assigned to each loan, provide the starting point for the ALL analysis. Company and Bank management track the historical net charge-off activity at the call code level. A historical charge-off factor is calculated utilizing a defined number of consecutive historical quarters. All pools currently utilize a rolling 12 quarters. “Pass” rated credits are segregated from “Criticized” credits for the application of qualitative factors. Loans in the criticized pools, which possess certain qualities or characteristics that may lead to collection and loss issues, are closely monitored by management and subject to additional qualitative factors. 89 Company and Bank management have identified a number of additional qualitative factors which it uses to supplement the historical charge-off factor as these factors are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing loan pools to differ from historical loss experience. The additional factors that are evaluated quarterly and updated using information obtained from internal, regulatory and governmental sources are: lending policies and procedures, nature and volume of the portfolio, experience and ability of lending management and staff, volume and severity of problem credits, conclusion of loan reviews, audits and exams, changes in the value of underlying collateral, effect of concentrations of credit from a loan type, industry and/or geographic standpoint, changes in economic and business conditions, consumer sentiment and other external factors. The combination of historical charge-off and qualitative factors are then weighted for each risk grade. These weightings are determined internally based upon the likelihood of loss as a loan risk grading deteriorates. To estimate the liability for off-balance sheet credit exposures, Bank management analyzed the portfolios of letters of credit, non- revolving lines of credit and revolving lines of credit and based its calculation on the expectation of future advances of each loan category. Letters of credit were determined to be highly unlikely to advance since they are generally in place only to ensure various forms of performance of the borrowers. In the Bank’s history, there have been no letters of credit drawn upon. In addition, many of the letters of credit are cash secured and do not warrant an allocation. Non-revolving lines of credit were determined to be highly likely to advance as these are typically construction lines. Meanwhile, the likelihood of revolving lines of credit advancing varies with each individual borrower. Therefore, the future usage of each line was estimated based on the average line utilization of the revolving line of credit portfolio as a whole. Once the estimated future advances were calculated, an allocation rate, which was derived from the Bank’s historical losses and qualitative environmental factors, was applied in the similar manner as those used for the allowance for loan loss calculation. The resulting estimated loss allocations were totaled to determine the liability for unfunded commitments related to these loans, which Management considers necessary to anticipate potential losses on those commitments that have a reasonable probability of funding. The liability for unfunded commitments was $0.6 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Bank management reviews the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using a defined, consistently applied process in order to make appropriate and timely adjustments to the ALL. When information confirms all or part of specific loans to be uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged off against the ALL. The following tables summarize the activity of primary segments of the ALL, excluding the ALL related to PCI loans, segregated into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment for the years ending December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018: (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2019 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision Allowance contributed with mortgage combination transaction ALL balance at December 31, 2020 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2018 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2019 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Commercial $ Residential Home Equity Consumer Total 1,272 $ (224) — 684 (354) 1,378 $ — $ 1,378 $ 327 $ (23) 9 (15) — 298 $ — $ 298 $ 78 $ — 3 (30) — 51 $ — $ 51 $ 11,775 (2,179) 34 16,484 (354) 25,760 1,296 24,464 Residential Home Equity Consumer Total 1,405 $ — 1 (134) 1,272 $ — $ 1,272 $ 684 $ — 4 (361) 327 $ — $ 327 $ 245 $ (10) 49 (206) 78 $ — $ 78 $ 10,939 (1,008) 55 1,789 11,775 574 11,201 10,098 $ (1,932) 22 15,845 — 24,033 $ 1,296 $ 22,737 $ 8,605 $ (998) 1 2,490 10,098 $ 574 $ 9,524 $ Commercial $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 90 (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance at December 31, 2017 Charge-offs Recoveries Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2018 Individually evaluated for impairment Collectively evaluated for impairment Commercial $ Residential Home Equity Consumer Total 7,804 $ (1,024) 15 1,810 8,605 $ 1,043 $ 7,562 $ 1,119 $ (166) 22 430 1,405 $ — $ 1,405 $ 705 $ — 59 (80) 684 $ — $ 684 $ 250 $ (290) 5 280 245 $ — $ 245 $ 9,878 (1,480) 101 2,440 10,939 1,043 9,896 $ $ $ The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and actual losses will vary from current estimates. Management believes that the granularity of the homogeneous pools and the related historical loss ratios and other qualitative factors, as well as the consistency in the application of assumptions, result in an ALL that is representative of the risk found in the components of the portfolio at any given date. Troubled Debt Restructurings At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank had specific reserve allocations for TDRs of $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Loans considered to be troubled debt restructured loans totaled $10.2 million and $7.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Of these totals, $1.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively, represent accruing troubled debt restructured loans and represent 12% and 46%, respectively, of total impaired loans. Meanwhile, as of December 31, 2020, $8.0 million represents seven loans to three borrowers that have defaulted under the restructured terms. The largest of these loans, at $2.2 million, is a restructured commercial loan to a company previously dependent on the coal industry, which is now structured as an unsecured loan. Three of these loans to an unrelated borrower, totaling $5.2 million, are restructured equipment loans to a borrower in the coal industry, which was provided extended interest-only terms to allow time for the collateral equipment to be sold. The last of these loans are commercial acquisition and development loans totaling $0.6 million that were considered TDRs due to extended interest only periods and/or unsatisfactory repayment structures once transitioned to principal and interest payments. These borrowers have experienced continued financial difficulty and are considered non- performing loans as of December 31, 2020. The unsecured loan and the three development loans were also considered non- performing loans as of December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020, no restructured loans defaulted under their modified terms that were not already classified as non-performing for having previously defaulted under their modified terms. There were no commitments to advance funds to any TDRs as of December 31, 2020. 91 The following table presents details related to loans identified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. New TDRs 1 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Contracts Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Contracts (Dollars in thousands) Commercial: Commercial business Commercial real estate Acquisition and development 333 — — Total commercial 333 Residential 323 Home equity — Consumer — Total 656 1 The pre-modification and post-modification balances represent the balances outstanding immediately before and after modification of the loan. 6,294 $ 159 — 6,453 87 — — 6,540 $ 336 $ — — 336 246 — — 582 $ 6 $ 2 — 8 1 — — 9 $ — — 2 3 — — 5 $ 5,326 150 — 5,476 86 — — 5,562 2 $ Purchased Credit Impaired Loans As a result of the acquisition of First State, the Company has PCI loans. The Company did not hold any PCI loans as of December 31, 2019. See Note 24 – Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details of the acquisition of First State. The carrying amount of the PCI loan portfolio is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Commercial Residential Consumer Outstanding balance Carrying amount, net of allowance Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected, is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Beginning balance New loans purchased Accretion of income Reclassification from non-accretable difference Ending balance As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2020 21,008 16,943 1,488 39,439 39,355 — 11,746 (2,945) (488) 8,313 $ $ $ $ $ For the PCI loan portfolio disclosed above, the Company increased the allowance for loan losses by $0.1 million during 2020. PCI loans purchased during 2020, for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Contractually required payments receivable of loans purchased during the period: Commercial Residential Consumer Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition Fair value of loans acquired at acquisition $ $ $ 36,046 47,787 2,990 86,823 50,235 Income is not recognized on PCI loans if the Company cannot reasonably estimate cash flows expected to be collected and, as of 92 December 31, 2020, the Company held no such loans. The following tables summarize the primary segments of the ALL, segregated into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2020 for the PCI loan portfolio: (Dollars in thousands) ALL balance as of December 31, 2019 Charge-offs Provision ALL balance at December 31, 2020 Collectively evaluated for impairment Residential Total $ $ $ — $ (11) 95 84 $ 84 — (11) 95 84 84 As of December 31, 2020, the loans in the Company's PCI loan portfolio are all collectively evaluated for impairment and are segmented into three categories: commercial loans totaling $17.1 million, residential loans totaling $16.9 million and consumer loans totaling $1.3 million, for portfolio total of $35.4 million. The following table represents the classes of the PCI loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate Pass and the criticized categories of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Commercial: Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Commercial Business $ 12,263 $ 136 $ 345 $ 4,860 $ Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Consumer 982 1,900 15,145 15,157 1,256 3 — 139 — — 263 — 608 1,665 — 21 235 5,116 121 232 Total Loans $ 31,558 $ 139 $ 2,273 $ 5,469 $ 17,604 1,269 2,135 21,008 16,943 1,488 39,439 The following table presents the classes of the PCI loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and non- accrual loans as of December 31, 2020: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Commercial: Current 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total Past Due Total Loans Non-Accrual Commercial Business $ 16,264 $ 71 $ 65 $ 1,204 $ 1,340 $ 17,604 $ Commercial Real Estate Acquisition & Development Total Commercial Residential Consumer 1,157 2,135 19,556 13,714 1,245 — — 71 710 3 — — 65 145 1 112 — 1,316 2,374 239 112 — 1,452 3,229 243 1,269 2,135 21,008 16,943 1,488 Total Loans $ 34,515 $ 784 $ 211 $ 3,929 $ 4,924 $ 39,439 $ — — — — — — — None of the PCI loans are considered non-accrual as they are all currently accreting interest income under PCI accounting. As the Company's PCI loan portfolio is accounted for in pools with similar risk characteristics in accordance with ASC 310-30, this portfolio is not subject to the impaired loan and TDR guidance. Rather, the revised estimated future cash flows of the individually modified loans are included in the estimated future cash flows of the pool. PPP Loans and CARES Act Deferrals The Company is actively participating in the PPP as a lender, evaluating other programs available to assist its clients and providing deferrals consistent with GSE guidelines. The Company originated 455 PPP loans with original balances of $92.8 million and outstanding balances of $82.0 million as of December 31, 2020. 93 As of December 31, 2020, commercial loans totaling $34.7 million and mortgage loans totaling $13.5 million were approved for modifications, such as interest-only payments and payment deferrals. These modifications were not considered to be troubled debt restructurings in reliance on guidance issued by banking regulators titled the “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus.” Note 4 – Premises and Equipment The following table presents the components of premises and equipment at December 31,: (Dollars in thousands) Land Buildings and improvements Furniture, fixtures and equipment Construction in progress Leasehold improvements Accumulated depreciation Premises and equipment, net 2020 2019 $ $ 3,936 $ 14,350 18,701 326 3,079 40,392 (14,189) 26,203 $ 3,105 13,352 15,553 1,019 1,985 35,014 (13,040) 21,974 Depreciation expense totaled $3.0 million, $3.0 million and $2.8 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company leases certain premises, for the operation of banking offices and certain equipment under operating and finance leases. At December 31, 2020, the Company had lease liabilities totaling $18.4 million, of which $18.3 million was related to operating leases and $0.2 million was related to finance leases, and right-of-use assets totaling $17.7 million, of which $17.5 million was related to operating leases and $0.2 million was related to finance leases, related to these leases. Lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are reflected in other liabilities and other assets, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining lease term for finance leases was 2.3 years and the weighted-average discount rate used in the measurement of finance lease liabilities was 2.4%. At December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases was 12.9 years and the weighted-average discount rate used in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was 2.9%. The Company leases certain premises, for the operation of some banking offices and equipment under operating and finance leases.At December 31, 2019, the Company had lease liabilities totaling $14.8 million, of which $14.6 million was related to operating leases and $0.2 million was related to finance leases, and right-of-use assets totaling $13.5 million, of which $13.2 million was related to operating leases and $0.3 million was related to finance leases, related to these leases. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the weighted-average remaining lease term for finance leases was 2.7 years and the weighted-average discount rate used in the measurement of finance lease liabilities was 2.8%. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the weighted- average remaining lease term for operating leases was 11.8 years and the weighted-average discount rate used in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was 3.5%. Lease costs were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Amortization of right-of-use assets, finance leases Interest on lease liabilities, finance leases Operating lease cost Short-term lease cost Variable lease cost Total lease cost December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 65 $ 4 2,072 27 38 2,206 $ 77 6 2,120 72 38 2,313 Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, was $2.0 million. There were no sale and leaseback transactions, leveraged leases or lease transactions with related parties during the year ended December 31, 2020. 94 Future minimum payments for finance leases and operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 and thereafter Total future minimum lease payments Less: Amounts representing interest Present value of net future minimum lease payments Note 5 – Equity Method Investment December 31, 2020 Finance Leases Operating Leases 68 $ 59 41 5 5 4 182 $ (6) 176 $ 1,779 1,623 1,825 1,779 1,709 14,280 22,995 (4,723) 18,272 $ $ $ In the third quarter of 2020, the Company acquired a portion of ICM and recognizes its ownership as an equity method investment initially recorded at fair value. In accordance with Rule 8-03(b)(3) of Regulation S-X, the Company must assess whether its equity method investment is a significant equity method investment. In evaluating the significance of this investment, the Company performed the income, asset, and investment tests described in S-X 3-05 and S-X 1-02(w). Rule 8-03(b)(3) of Regulation S-X requires summarized financial information in a quarterly report if any of the three tests exceeds 20%. Under the income test, the Company’s proportionate share of its equity method investee's aggregated net income exceeded the applicable threshold of 20%, and accordingly it is required to provide summarized income statement information for this investee for all periods presented. The Company's share of net income from its equity method investment totaled $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The following table provides summarized income statement information for the Company's equity method investment. As ICM did not exist prior to July 1, 2020, no historical financial information is presented. (Dollars in thousands) Total revenues Gross profit Net income Gain on sale of loans Volume of loans sold Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 $ 120,323 59,659 59,761 100,402 2,948,724 As of December 31, 2020, the locked mortgage pipeline was $1.54 billion. For more information, please see Note 24 – Acquisitions and Divestitures. 95 Note 6 – Deposits Deposits at December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships and corporations Noninterest-bearing demand Interest-bearing demand Savings and money markets Time deposits, including CDs and IRAs Total deposits Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit Maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2020 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total 2020 2019 715,791 $ 496,502 545,501 224,595 1,982,389 $ 278,547 351,435 363,026 272,034 1,265,042 16,955 $ 8,955 126,863 62,833 20,864 12,705 1,330 224,595 $ $ $ $ $ As of December 31, 2020, overdrawn deposit accounts totaling $0.2 million were reclassified as loan balances. Note 7 – Borrowed Funds The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. At December 31, 2019 the Bank had borrowed $222.9 million. No amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank's maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $452.2 million and the remaining borrowing capacity was $440.9 million, with the difference being deposit letters of credit. Short-term borrowings Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to short-term borrowings from FHLB to fund its operations and investments. Information related to short-term borrowings is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 Long-term borrowings $ 2020 2019 $ — 68,407 154,248 0.58 % — % 192,063 187,226 240,811 2.24 % 1.81 % As of December 31, 2020, the Bank had no long-term borrowings with the FHLB. As of December 31, 2019, the Bank had long- term borrowings totaling $30.8 million. Of this total, $30.0 million was fixed interest rate notes, originated in November 2019, due between November 2022 and November 2024, with interest of between 1.7% and 1.8% payable monthly and $0.8 million was fixed interest rate notes, originated between October 2006 and April 2007, due between October 2021 and April 2022, with interest of between 5.18% and 5.20% payable monthly. Repurchase agreements Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Repurchase agreements with customers represent funds deposited by customers, on an overnight basis, that are collateralized by investment securities owned by the Company. Repurchase agreements with customers are presented as an individual line item on the consolidated 96 balance sheets. All repurchase agreements are subject to terms and conditions of repurchase/security agreements between the Company and the client and are accounted for as secured borrowings. The Company’s repurchase agreements reflected in liabilities consist of customer accounts and securities which are pledged on an individual security basis. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a monthly basis. Repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction and included in securities sold under agreements to repurchase on the consolidated balance sheets. The primary risk with the Company's repurchase agreements is market risk associated with the investments securing the transactions, as it may be required to provide additional collateral based on fair value changes of the underlying investments. Securities pledged as collateral under repurchase agreements are maintained with safekeeping agents. All of the Company’s repurchase agreements were overnight agreements at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. These borrowings were collateralized with investment securities with a carrying value of $10.7 million and $10.5 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, and were comprised of United States Government Agencies and Mortgage backed securities. Declines in the value of the collateral would require the Company to increase the amounts of securities pledged. Information related to repurchase agreements is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 Subordinated Debt Information related to subordinated debt is summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at end of year Average balance during the year Maximum month-end balance Weighted-average rate during the year Weighted-average rate at December 31 $ $ 2020 2019 $ 10,266 9,856 10,505 0.23 % 0.14 % 2020 2019 $ 43,407 7,568 43,524 3.45 % 4.02 % 10,172 11,252 14,655 0.43 % 0.44 % 4,124 12,125 17,524 6.35 % 3.51 % In November 2020, the Company completed the private placement of $40 million fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes to certain qualified institutional investors. These notes are unsecured and have a ten-year term, maturing December 1, 2030, and will bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.25%, payable semi-annually in arrears, for the first five years of the term. Thereafter, the interest rate will reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to a benchmark rate, which is expected to be Three-Month Term SOFR, plus 401 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears. These notes have been structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes. In March 2007, the Company completed the private placement of $4 million Floating Rate, Trust Preferred Securities through its MVB Financial Statutory Trust I subsidiary (the “Trust”). The Company established the Trust for the sole purpose of issuing the Trust Preferred Securities pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. The Trust Preferred Securities and the Debentures mature in 2037 and have been redeemable by the Company since 2012. Interest payments are due in March, June, September and December and are adjusted at the interest due dates at a rate of 1.62% over the three-month LIBOR Rate. The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trust’s obligations with respect to the trust preferred securities to the extent set forth in the related guarantees. The securities issued by the Trust are includable for regulatory purposes as a component of the Company’s Tier 1 capital. In June 2014, the Company issued its Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes to various investors in the aggregate principal amount of $29.4 million. The notes were issued in $0.1 million increments per note, subject to a minimum investment of $1 million. The Notes were to expire 10 years after the initial issuance date of the Notes. In July 2019, the Federal Reserve Board provided the Company with its approval for the Company to redeem all of the outstanding Notes. On or about August 1, 2019, the 97 Company provided notice to the holders of the outstanding notes that it would redeem the outstanding notes on September 30, 2019. In 2019, $1.0 million of subordinated debt was converted into common stock, which resulted in the issuance of 62,500 new shares and $12.4 million of subordinated debt was redeemed. These transactions provided an annual interest expense savings of $1.0 million. In 2018, $16.0 million of subordinated debt was converted into common stock, which resulted in the issuance of 1,000,000 new shares and providing an annual interest expense savings of $1.1 million. The Company recognized interest expense on its subordinated debt of $0.3 million, $0.8 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Note 8 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities Commitments The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the statements of financial condition. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, varies and is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Company’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit. Specifically, the Bank has entered into agreements to extend credit or provide conditional payments pursuant to standby and commercial letters of credit. In addition, the Bank utilizes letters of credit issued by the FHLB to collateralize certain public funds deposits. Total contractual amounts of the commitments as of December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Available on lines of credit Stand-by letters of credit Other loan commitments Concentration of Credit Risk 2020 2019 393,814 $ 19,806 22,418 436,038 $ 385,871 18,145 24,821 428,837 $ $ The Company grants a majority of its commercial, financial, agricultural, real estate and installment loans to customers throughout the North Central West Virginia Northern Virginia markets. Collateral for loans is primarily residential and commercial real estate, personal property and business equipment. The Company evaluates the credit worthiness of each of its customers on a case-by-case basis and the amount of collateral it obtains is based upon management’s credit evaluation. 98 Regulatory The Company is required to maintain certain reserve balances on hand in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board requirements. In accordance with these requirements, the Company implemented a deposit reclassification program that allowed the Company to maintain no such reserve balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Contingent Liabilities The subsidiary Bank is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management and counsel, the outcome of these matters will not have a significant adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements. Note 9 – Income Taxes The provisions for income taxes for the years ended December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Current: Federal State Deferred: Federal State Income tax expense 2020 2019 2018 $ $ $ $ 10,899 $ 2,019 12,918 $ (3,183) $ (203) (3,386) 9,532 $ 10,450 $ 2,101 12,551 $ (3,716) $ (237) (3,953) 8,598 $ 2,203 1,031 3,234 117 22 139 3,373 Following is a reconciliation of income taxes at federal statutory rates to recorded income taxes for the year ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands) Amount % Amount % Amount % Income tax at federal statutory rate $ 9,858 21.0 % $ 7,353 21.0 % $ 3,229 21.0 % 2020 2019 2018 Tax effect of: State income taxes, net of federal income taxes Tax exempt earnings Other 1,435 (1,381) (380) 3.1 % (3.0) % (0.8) % 2,101 (856) — 6.0 % (2.8) % — % 738 (594) — $ 9,532 20.3 % $ 8,598 24.2 % $ 3,373 4.8 % (3.9) % — % 21.9 % 99 Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were comprised of the following at December 31: (Dollars in thousands) Gross deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan losses Minimum pension liability SERP/RSU Other Total gross deferred tax assets Gross deferred tax liabilities: Depreciation Pension Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale Holding gain on equity securities Goodwill Total gross deferred tax liabilities 2020 2019 $ 7,141 $ 1,544 1,039 1,209 10,933 (1,733) (262) (2,320) (3,893) (2,498) (10,706) 3,310 1,589 652 10 5,561 (1,505) (164) (1,088) (3,838) (2,134) (8,729) Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) $ 227 $ (3,168) Deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities were included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively. The Company has invested, as a limited partner, in three Section 42 affordable housing investment funds. In exchange for these investments, the Company receives its pro rata share of income, expense, gains and losses, including tax credits, that are received by the projects. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company recognized, as an investment, $2.8 million and $3.0 million in the aggregate between the three affordable housing investment funds. In addition, the Company has recognized no gains or losses from the funds. Note 10 – Related Party Transactions The Company has granted loans to officers and directors of the Company and to their immediate family members as well as loans to related companies. These related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability. Set forth below is a summary of the related loan activity. (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Balance at Beginning of Year Borrowings Executive Officer and Director Retirements Repayments Balance at End of Year $ $ 12,284 $ 24,453 $ (8,187) $ (1,127) $ 27,423 27,971 $ 13,897 $ — $ (29,584) $ 12,284 The Company held related party deposits of $73.8 million and $35.5 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company held no related party repurchase agreements at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Note 11 – Pension Plan The Company participates in a trusteed pension plan known as the Allegheny Group Retirement Plan covering virtually all full- time employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation. Accruals under this plan were frozen as of May 31, 2014. Freezing the plan resulted in a re-measurement of the pension obligations and plan assets as of the freeze date. The pension obligation was re-measured using the discount rate based on the Citigroup Above Median Pension Discount Curve in effect on May 31, 2014 of 4.46%. On June 19, 2017, the Company approved a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”), pursuant to which the Chief 100 Executive Officer of PMG is entitled to receive certain supplemental nonqualified retirement benefits. The SERP took effect on December 31, 2017. If the executive completes three years of continuous employment prior to retirement date (which shall be no earlier than the date he attains age 55) he will, upon retirement, be entitled to receive $1.8 million payable in 180 equal consecutive installments of $10 thousand. The liability is calculated by discounting the anticipated future cash flows at 4.0%. The liability accrued for this obligation was $1.2 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Service cost was $0.2 million and $0.4 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Pension expense was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Information pertaining to the activity in the Company’s defined benefit plan, using the latest available actuarial valuations with a measurement date of December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Change in benefit obligation Benefit obligation at beginning of year Interest cost Actuarial loss Assumption changes Benefits paid Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contribution Benefits paid Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status Unrecognized net actuarial loss Prepaid pension cost recognized Accumulated benefit obligation 2020 2019 11,435 $ 365 (54) 1,255 (286) 12,715 $ 6,165 $ 511 706 (286) 7,096 $ (5,619) $ 6,591 972 $ 9,416 392 99 1,769 (241) 11,435 5,238 808 360 (241) 6,165 (5,270) 5,883 613 12,715 $ 11,435 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ At December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows: Discount rate Rate of compensation increase The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of net actuarial loss Net periodic pension cost 2020 2019 2018 2.50 % N/A 3.24 % N/A 4.23 % N/A 2020 2019 2018 $ $ 365 $ (438) 420 347 $ 392 $ (407) 271 256 $ 352 (372) 306 286 101 For the years December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost are as follows: Discount rate Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase 2020 2019 2018 2.50 % 6.75 % N/A 3.24 % 6.75 % N/A 3.55 % 6.75 % N/A The Company’s pension plan asset allocations at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows: Plan Assets Cash Fixed income Alternative investments Domestic equities Foreign equities Real estate investment trusts Total 2020 2019 9 % 20 % 19 % 27 % 24 % 1 % 100 % 4 % 23 % 15 % 33 % 24 % 1 % 100 % The estimated net loss for the plan that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $0.5 million. The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 18 – Fair Value Measurements, the Pension Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2020. (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Cash Fixed income Alternative investments Domestic equities Foreign equities Real estate investment trusts Level I Level II Level III Total $ 639 $ 1,419 — 1,916 1,703 — — $ — — — — — — $ — 1,348 — — 71 Total assets at fair value $ 5,677 $ — $ 1,419 $ 639 1,419 1,348 1,916 1,703 71 7,096 The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 18 – Fair Value Measurements, the Pension Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2019. Level I Level II Level III Total (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Cash Fixed income Alternative investments Domestic equities Foreign equities Real estate investment trusts $ 247 $ 1,418 — 2,034 1,480 — — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — 925 — — 61 986 $ 247 1,418 925 2,034 1,480 61 6,165 Total assets at fair value $ 5,179 $ Investment in government securities and short-term investments are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. Alternative investments and investment in debt securities are valued at quoted prices which are available but traded less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed. The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while this plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date. 102 The following table includes the Company's best estimate of the plan contribution for next fiscal year and the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter. (Dollars in thousands) Contributions for the period of January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 through 2030 Cash Flow 199 344 407 423 445 508 2,652 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Note 12 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets The table below summarizes the changes in carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles, including core deposit intangibles, for the periods presented: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at January 1, 2020 Reduction of goodwill and intangibles from sale of branches to Summit Intangibles resulting from First State acquisition Reduction of goodwill from ICM transaction Goodwill resulting from Paladin acquisition Amortization expense Balance at December 31, 2020 Balance at January 1, 2019 Goodwill and intangibles resulting from Chartwell acquisition Amortization expense Balance at December 31, 2019 Balance at January 1, 2018 Amortization expense Balance at December 31, 2018 Intangibles Accumulated Depreciation Gross 4,226 $ (845) 560 — — — 3,941 $ (753) $ 441 — — — (1,229) (1,541) $ Net 3,473 (404) 560 — — (1,229) 2,400 Goodwill $ 19,630 $ (1,598) — (16,882) 1,200 — 2,350 $ $ $ 18,480 $ 1,150 — $ 19,630 $ 1,006 $ 3,220 — 4,226 $ (456) $ — (297) (753) $ 550 3,220 (297) 3,473 $ 18,480 $ — $ 18,480 $ 1,006 $ — 1,006 $ (360) $ (96) (456) $ 646 (96) 550 Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets under the acquisition method of accounting. Intangibles represent the core deposit intangibles from the acquisition of First State in 2020 and the intangibles resulting from the Chartwell and Paladin acquisitions. The value of the acquired core deposit relationships was determined using the present value of the difference between a market participant’s cost of obtaining alternative funds and the cost to maintain the acquired deposit base. The core deposit intangibles were being amortized over a ten-year period using an accelerated method. The intangibles resulting from the Chartwell acquisition are related to their customer relationships, backlog, a trademark and a non- competition agreement. These items are amortized over five years, 5.3 years, 15 years and four years, respectively. 103 The table below presents estimated amortization expense for the Company’s other intangible assets (dollars in thousands): 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter $ $ 616 616 507 235 47 379 2,400 The Company’s assessment of qualitative factors determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and therefore, goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company has not identified any triggering events since the impairment evaluation that would indicate potential impairment. Intangibles, including core deposit intangibles are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a potential for impairment. Such an evaluation of other intangible assets is based on undiscounted cash flow projections. No impairment charges were recorded for other intangible assets in any of the periods presented. Note 13 – Stock Offerings In August 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company announced the approval of a stock repurchase program, of which 49,100 shares were repurchased for $0.7 million at an average price of $14.52 per share, between March 2020 and July 2020. In August 2020, the Board of Directors of the Company announced the approval of an extension of the existing stock repurchase program. Under the extended program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $5.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock over the next 12 months or until the aggregate share repurchases are completed, whichever date comes first, on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The stock repurchase program does not require the Company to repurchase any specified number of shares of its common stock, and it may be discontinued, suspended or restarted at any time at the Company's discretion. From August 2020 through November 2020, the Company purchased an additional 210,824 shares for $3.5 million at an average price of $15.93 per share. In December 2020, the Company repurchased 536,490 shares of its common stock at a price of $20.25 per share via a modified “Dutch auction” tender offer. Additionally, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase from time to time, on or before December 31, 2021, of up to $31.9 million of shares of the Company’s common stock as part of the Company’s stock repurchase program, which repurchases may occur from time to time, on the open market or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as the Company may determine and otherwise in accordance with applicable law. Note 14 – Stock Options and Other Equity Awards The MVB Financial Corp. Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock awards and RSUs to selected employees and directors. As of December 31, 2020, the Plan had 3.2 million shares authorized and 569,997 shares remaining available for issuance. To date, the Company has awarded both stock options and RSUs to selected employees and directors. Stock-Based Compensation Expense Stock-based compensation expense is recognized as salary and employee benefit cost the fair value of the instruments on the date of the grant. The amount that the Company recognized in stock-based compensation expense related to the issuance of stock options and RSUs is presented in the following table: (Dollars in thousands) Stock Options RSUs Total Stock-based compensation expense $ $ 2020 2019 2018 950 $ 1,403 2,353 $ 873 $ 886 1,759 $ 936 331 1,267 Proceeds from stock options exercised were $4.5 million, $2.2 million and $2.1 million during 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, certain options were exercised in cashless transactions. Shares were forfeited related to exercise price and related tax obligations and the Company paid tax authorities amounts due resulting in a net cash outflow. 104 Stock Options Under the provisions of the Plan, the option price per share shall not be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Stock options expire ten years from the date of the grant. With the exception of 125,000 shares granted in 2017 that vest in four years and expire in ten years, all options granted vest in five years and expire ten years from the date of the grant. The following summarizes stock options as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the changes for the years then ended: 2020 Number of Shares Weighted-Average Exercise Price Outstanding at beginning of year Granted Exercised Forfeited Expired Outstanding at end of year Exercisable at end of year Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2020 Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2019 Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2018 1,593,241 $ 126,250 (305,697) (9,750) (7,250) 1,396,794 $ 947,988 $ $ $ $ 14.96 18.11 14.36 16.85 14.78 15.36 14.66 4.48 4.22 5.97 The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $1.9 million, $1.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The fair value for the options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following inputs: Average risk-free interest rates Weighted-average life Expected volatility Expected dividend yield 2020 2019 2018 0.66 % seven years 30.9 % 2.20 % 2.02 % seven years 21.8 % 0.84 % 2.81 % seven years 18.6 % 0.54 % The following summarizes information related to the total outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2020: Options Outstanding Options Exercisable Total Options Weighted- Average Exercise Price Intrinsic Value (in millions) Weighted- Average Remaining Life Total Options Weighted- Average Exercise Price Intrinsic Value (in millions) Weighted- Average Remaining Life 1,396,794 $15.36 $10.2 5.64 947,988 $14.66 $7.6 4.80 At December 31, 2020, based on stock options outstanding at that time, the total unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense related to unvested stock options was $1.3 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years. At December 31, 2020, the fair value of stock options vested during the year was $0.9 million. Restricted Stock Units Under the provisions of the Plan, RSUs are similar to restricted stock awards, except the recipient does not receive the stock immediately, but instead receives it according to a vesting plan and distribution schedule after achieving required performance milestones or upon remaining with the Company for a particular length of time. Each RSU that vests entitles the recipient to receive one share of the Company’s common stock on a specified issuance date. The recipient does not have any stockholder rights, including voting, dividend or liquidation rights, with respect to the shares underlying awarded RSUs until the recipient becomes the record holder of those shares. 105 The Company granted 153,642 RSUs in 2020, 97,911 of which were time-based awards and 55,731 of which were performance- based awards. Time-based RSUs granted in 2020 vest in five equal installments per year over a five-year period, with the exception of time-based grants to members of the board of directors, which vest over a one-year period. Performance-based RSUs vest in one installment at the end of three years, based on set criteria. A summary of the activity for the Company’s RSUs for the period indicated is presented in the following table: Balance at beginning of year Granted Vested Forfeited Balance at end of year Weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted during 2020 Weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted during 2019 Weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted during 2018 2020 Shares Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value 160,758 $ 153,642 (53,981) (7,383) 253,036 $ $ $ $ 16.67 13.08 15.36 16.55 14.70 13.08 15.50 19.33 At December 31, 2020, based on RSU awards outstanding at that time, the total unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense related to unvested RSU awards was $2.3 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. At December 31, 2020, the fair value of RSU awards vested during the year was $0.8 million. Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Bank is required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC. The Company is exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy standards as it believes it meets the requirements of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. West Virginia state chartered banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, as defined. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 common equity risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Both the Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below. 106 (Dollars in thousands) As of December 31, 2020 Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Actual Minimum Capital Requirement Minimum to be Well Capitalized Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Subsidiary Bank $ 273,318 15.8% $ 138,277 8.0% $ 172,846 10.0% Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Subsidiary Bank $ 251,565 14.6% $ 103,708 6.0% $ 138,277 8.0% Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Subsidiary Bank Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) Subsidiary Bank As of December 31, 2019 Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) $ 251,565 14.6% $ 251,565 11.0% $ $ 77,781 4.5% $ 112,350 6.5% 91,269 4.0% $ 114,086 5.0% Subsidiary Bank $ 201,672 12.8% $ 125,686 8.0% $ 157,107 10.0% Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Subsidiary Bank $ 189,365 12.1% Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) Subsidiary Bank Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) Subsidiary Bank $ 189,365 12.1% $ 189,365 9.9% $ $ $ 94,264 6.0% $ 125,686 8.0% 70,698 4.5% $ 102,120 6.5% 76,182 4.0% $ 95,227 5.0% Note 16 – Regulatory Restriction on Dividends The approval of the regulatory agencies is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the Bank’s net profits, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. 107 Note 17 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments The carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments are summarized as follows: Fair Value Measurements at: (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Certificates of deposit with banks Securities available-for-sale Equity securities Loans held-for-sale Loans Mortgage servicing rights Interest rate swap Accrued interest receivable Fair value hedge Bank-owned life insurance Financial liabilities: Deposits Repurchase agreements Fair value hedge Interest rate swap Accrued interest payable Subordinated debt December 31, 2019 Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Certificates of deposits with banks Securities available-for-sale Equity securities Loans held-for-sale Loans Mortgage servicing rights Interest rate lock commitment Interest rate swap Fair value hedge Accrued interest receivable Bank-owned life insurance Financial liabilities: Deposits Repurchase agreements FHLB and other borrowings Mortgage-backed security hedges Fair value hedge Interest rate swap Accrued interest payable Subordinated debt Carrying Value Estimated Fair Value Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level I) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level II) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level III) $ 263,893 $ 263,893 $ 11,803 410,624 27,585 1,062 1,427,900 2,942 13,822 7,793 2,215 41,262 11,986 410,624 27,585 1,062 1,434,275 2,942 13,822 7,793 2,215 41,262 263,893 $ — — 472 — — — — — — — — $ 11,986 366,945 — 1,062 — — 13,822 2,770 2,215 41,262 — — 43,679 27,113 — 1,434,275 2,942 — 5,023 — — $ $ $ 1,982,389 $ 10,266 2,141 13,822 572 43,407 1,964,860 $ 10,266 2,141 13,822 572 45,536 — $ — — — — — 1,964,860 $ 10,266 2,141 13,822 572 45,536 — — — — — — 28,002 $ 12,549 235,821 18,514 109,788 1,362,766 348 1,660 5,722 1,770 7,909 35,374 1,265,042 $ 10,172 222,885 186 1,418 5,722 1,060 4,124 28,002 $ 12,586 235,821 18,514 109,788 1,364,706 348 1,660 5,722 1,770 7,909 35,374 1,249,135 $ 10,172 222,891 186 1,418 5,722 1,060 4,124 28,002 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — $ 12,586 198,562 — 109,788 — — — 5,722 1,770 1,592 35,374 — — 37,259 18,514 — 1,364,706 348 1,660 — — 6,317 — — $ — — — — — — — 1,249,135 $ 10,172 222,891 186 1,418 5,722 1,060 4,124 — — — — — — — 108 Note 18 – Fair Value Measurements Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Fair value estimates are based on existing on-and-off balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis As required by accounting standards, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company classified investments in government securities as Level II instruments and valued them using the market approach. The following measurements are made on a recurring basis. Available-for-sale investment securities — Available-for-sale investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level I securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, United States Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level II securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities and private label entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the year ended December 31, 2020. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods. Certain local municipal securities related to tax increment financing (“TIF”) are independently valued and classified as Level III instruments. Equity securities — Certain equity securities are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. The valuation methodologies utilized may include significant unobservable inputs. Loans held-for-sale — The fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary- market prices or investor commitments. If no such quoted price exists, the fair value of a loan is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset or assets, adjusted for the specific attributes of that loan, which would be used by other market participants. Interest rate lock commitment — The Company estimates the fair value of interest rate lock commitments based on the value of the underlying mortgage loan, quoted mortgage-backed security prices and estimates of the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitments. Mortgage-backed security hedges — Mortgage-backed security hedges are considered derivatives and are recorded at fair value based on observable market data of the individual mortgage-backed security. Interest rate swap — Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value based on third-party vendors who compile prices from various sources and may determine fair value of identical or similar instruments by using pricing models that consider observable market data. Fair value hedge — Treated like an interest rate swap, fair value hedges are recorded at fair value based on third-party vendors who compile prices from various sources and may determine fair value of identical or similar instruments by using pricing models that consider observable market data. 109 The following tables present the assets reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at their fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 by level within the fair value hierarchy. (Dollars in thousands) Assets: United States government agency securities United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Other securities Equity securities Loans held-for-sale Interest rate swap Fair value hedge Liabilities: Interest rate swap Fair value hedge (Dollars in thousands) Assets: United States government agency securities United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities Municipal securities Other securities Loans held-for-sale Interest rate lock commitment Interest rate swap Fair value hedge Liabilities: Interest rate swap Fair value hedge Mortgage-backed security hedges $ $ December 31, 2020 Level I Level II Level III Total — $ — — — 472 — — — 56,992 $ 95,769 188,208 18,476 — 1,062 13,822 2,215 — $ — 43,679 — — — — — — — 13,822 2,141 — — 56,992 95,769 231,887 18,476 472 1,062 13,822 2,215 13,822 2,141 December 31, 2019 Level I Level II Level III Total — $ — — — — — — — — — — 51,996 $ 58,312 75,833 12,421 109,788 — 5,722 1,770 5,722 1,418 186 — $ — 37,259 — — 1,660 — — — — — 51,996 58,312 113,092 12,421 109,788 1,660 5,722 1,770 5,722 1,418 186 110 The following table represents recurring Level III assets: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2019 Realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Purchase of securities Maturities/calls Unrealized gain included in other comprehensive income (loss) Unrealized loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) Balance at December 31, 2020 Balance at December 31, 2018 Realized and unrealized losses included in earnings Purchase of securities Reclassification to nonrecurring assets Maturities/calls Unrealized gain included in other comprehensive income (loss) Unrealized loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) Balance at December 31, 2019 Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis Interest Rate Lock Commitments Municipal Securities Equity Securities Total $ $ $ $ 1,660 $ (1,660) — — 37,259 $ 3 22,228 (15,778) — $ — — — 38,919 (1,657) 22,228 (15,778) — 7,119 — 7,119 — — $ (7,152) 43,679 $ 1,750 $ (90) — — — 33,122 $ — 842 — (15,716) — 34,702 — — $ 300 $ — — (300) — — — 1,660 $ (15,691) 37,259 $ — — $ (7,152) 43,679 35,172 (90) 842 (300) (15,716) 34,702 (15,691) 38,919 The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets, financial liabilities, non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Certain non- financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment. Non- financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2020 and 2019 include certain foreclosed assets which, upon initial recognition, were remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for possible loan losses and certain foreclosed assets which, subsequent to their initial recognition, were remeasured at fair value through a write-down included in other noninterest expense. Impaired loans — Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment using one of several methods, including collateral value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. Collateral values are estimated using Level II inputs based on observable market data or Level III inputs based on customized discounting criteria. For a majority of impaired real estate related loans, the Company obtains a current external appraisal. Other valuation techniques are used as well, including internal valuations, comparable property analysis and contractual sales information. Other real estate owned — Other real estate owned, which is obtained through the Bank’s foreclosure process, is valued utilizing the appraised collateral value. Collateral values are estimated using Level II inputs based on observable market data or Level III inputs based on customized discounting criteria. At the time the foreclosure is completed, the Company obtains a current external appraisal. Other debt securities — Certain debt securities are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These other debt securities, which include preferred member interest in an equity method investment, are securities without a readily determinable fair value and are measured at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions, as defined, for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. Equity securities — Certain equity securities are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Equity securities without a readily 111 determinable fair value are measured at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions, as defined, for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are included in the table below: (Dollars in thousands) Impaired loans Other real estate owned Other debt securities Equity securities (Dollars in thousands) Impaired loans Other real estate owned Equity securities $ $ December 31, 2020 Level I Level II Level III Total — $ — — — — $ — — — 14,098 $ 5,730 7,500 27,113 14,098 5,730 7,500 27,113 December 31, 2019 Level I Level II Level III Total — $ — — — $ — — 8,909 $ 1,397 18,514 8,909 1,397 18,514 112 The following tables presents quantitative information about the Level III significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2020 and 2019. (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2020 Nonrecurring measurements: Impaired loans Other real estate owned Other debt securities Equity securities Recurring measurements: Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range $ 14,098 Appraisal of collateral 1 5,730 Appraisal of collateral 1 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 7,500 Net asset value Cost minus impairment 27,113 Net asset value Cost minus impairment $ $ $ 20% - 62% 5% - 10% 20% - 30% 5% - 10% —% —% Municipal securities (Local TIF bonds) $ 43,679 Appraisal of bond 3 Bond appraisal adjustment 4 5% - 15% (Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2019 Nonrecurring measurements: Impaired loans Other real estate owned Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range $ $ 8,909 Appraisal of collateral 1 1,397 Appraisal of collateral 1 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 Appraisal adjustments 2 Liquidation expense 2 20% - 62% 5% - 10% 20% - 30% 5% - 10% Equity securities $ 18,514 Net asset value Cost minus impairment —% Recurring measurements: Municipal securities (Local TIF bonds) $ 37,259 Appraisal of bond 3 Bond appraisal adjustment 4 5% - 15% $ 1,660 Pricing model Interest rate lock commitments 1 Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level III inputs which are not identifiable. 2 Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted-average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal. 3 Fair value determined through independent analysis of liquidity, rating, yield and duration. 4 Appraisals may be adjusted for qualitative factors, such as local economic conditions. Pull through rates 77% - 82% 113 Note 19 – Comprehensive Income The following tables present the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in thousands) 2020 2019 2018 Amount Reclassified from AOCI Amount Reclassified from AOCI Amount Reclassified from AOCI Consolidated Statement of Income Line Item Details about AOCI Components Available-for-sale securities Unrealized holding gain (loss) $ Defined benefit pension plan items Amortization of net actuarial loss Investment hedge Carrying value adjustment 914 $ 914 (214) 700 (166) $ (166) 44 (122) (420) (420) 98 (322) 473 473 (128) 345 (271) (271) 73 (198) (44) (44) 12 (32) Gain (loss) on sale of available-for-sale securities Total before tax Income tax expense Net of tax Salaries and employee benefits Total before tax Income tax expense Net of tax Interest on investment securities Total before tax Income tax expense Net of tax 327 327 (88) 239 (306) (306) 83 (223) — — — — 16 Total reclassifications $ 723 $ (352) $ (Dollars in thousands) Balance at January 1, 2020 Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification Amounts reclassified from AOCI Net current period OCI Balance at December 31, 2020 Balance at January 1, 2019 Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification Amounts reclassified from AOCI Net current period OCI Balance at December 31, 2019 Unrealized gains (losses) on available for-sale securities Defined benefit pension plan items Investment Hedge Total $ $ $ $ 2,942 $ 5,344 (700) 4,644 7,586 $ (3,384) $ 6,204 122 6,326 2,942 $ (4,295) $ (1,074) 322 (752) (5,047) $ (3,422) $ (1,071) 198 (873) (4,295) $ 32 $ — (345) (345) (313) $ — $ — 32 32 32 $ (1,321) 4,270 (723) 3,547 2,226 (6,806) 5,133 352 5,485 (1,321) 114 Note 20 – Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company Information relative to the parent company’s condensed balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the related condensed statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are presented below: Condensed Balance Sheets (Dollars in thousands) Assets Cash Investment in subsidiaries Other assets Total assets Liabilities and stockholders’ equity Other liabilities Subordinated debt Total liabilities Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity Condensed Statements of Income (Dollars in thousands) Income, dividends from Bank subsidiary Operating expenses Loss from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax benefit - continuing operations Net loss from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - discontinued operations Net income from discontinued operations Equity in undistributed income earnings of subsidiaries Net income Preferred dividends Net income available to common shareholders December 31, 2020 2019 15,566 $ 265,679 6,077 287,322 $ 1,058 211,271 6,397 218,726 4,432 $ 43,407 47,839 2,666 4,124 6,790 239,483 287,322 $ 211,936 218,726 $ $ $ $ Year ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 $ 6,688 $ 16,804 (10,116) (2,082) (8,034) — — — 45,445 37,411 $ 6,280 $ 14,296 (8,016) (1,880) (6,136) 575 148 427 32,700 26,991 $ 8,906 13,439 (4,533) (1,569) (2,964) — — — 14,967 12,003 461 $ 36,950 $ 479 $ 26,512 $ 489 11,514 $ $ $ 115 Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in thousands) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Stock-based compensation Other assets Other liabilities 2020 2019 2018 $ 37,411 $ (45,445) 2,353 (2,101) 1,767 26,991 $ (32,700) 1,759 (4,104) 344 12,003 (14,967) 1,267 1,997 1,311 Net cash from operating activities (6,015) (7,710) 1,611 INVESTING ACTIVITIES Investment in subsidiaries (2,982) 16,791 (2,194) Net cash from investing activities (2,982) 16,791 (2,194) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Proceeds from stock issuance AOCI reclassification of pension and available-for-sale investments Subordinated debt issuance (redemption) Common stock repurchased Preferred stock redemption Common stock options exercised Cash dividends paid on common stock Cash dividends paid on preferred stock 240 — 40,000 (15,746) — 4,464 (4,275) (461) 1,033 — (12,400) — (500) 2,164 (2,290) (479) — 743 (35) — — 2,129 (1,220) (489) Net cash from financing activities 24,222 (12,472) 1,128 Net change in cash Cash at beginning of period Cash at end of period Noncash common stock converted from subordinated debt Note 21 – Segment Reporting 15,225 (3,391) 545 1,058 4,449 3,904 16,283 $ 1,058 $ 4,449 — $ 1,000 $ 15,965 $ $ The Company has identified three reportable segments: CoRe banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. Revenue from CoRe banking activities consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts. The Fintech division, Chartwell and Paladin Fraud reside in the CoRe banking segment. Revenue from the mortgage banking activities is comprised of interest earned on loans and fees received as a result of the mortgage loan origination process. Prior to July 1, 2020, the mortgage banking services were conducted by PMG. In July 2020, the Company announced the completion of PMG’s combination with Intercoastal to form ICM. The Company has recognized its ownership as an equity method investment, initially recorded at fair value. Income related to this equity method investment is included in the Mortgage Banking segment. Revenue from financial holding company activities is mainly comprised of intercompany service income and dividends. 116 Information about the reportable segments and reconciliation to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income (loss) Provision for (recovery of) loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Mortgage fee income Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Other expenses Total noninterest expenses Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Capital Expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2020 Total Assets as of December 31, 2020 Goodwill as of December 31, 2020 CoRe Banking Mortgage Banking 2020 Financial Holding Company Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ 75,812 $ 6,269 $ 3 $ (1,631) $ 10,400 65,412 16,649 48,763 247 30,082 30,329 28,801 33,298 62,099 16,993 1,752 3,139 3,130 (70) 3,200 33,722 29,768 63,490 21,550 5,074 26,624 40,066 9,862 261 (258) — (258) — 6,685 6,685 11,278 5,265 16,543 (10,116) (2,082) (2,173) 542 — 542 (542) (8,125) (8,667) — (8,125) (8,125) — — 80,453 11,627 68,826 16,579 52,247 33,427 58,410 91,837 61,629 35,512 97,141 46,943 9,532 $ $ $ 15,241 $ 30,204 $ (8,034) $ — $ 37,411 — — 461 — 461 15,241 $ 30,204 $ (8,495) $ — $ 36,950 6,439 $ 99 $ 77 $ — $ 6,615 2,343,556 58,140 284,943 (355,163) 2,331,476 2,350 — — — 2,350 117 (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Mortgage fee income Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Other expenses Total noninterest expenses Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) - continuing operations Net income (loss) from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes Income tax expense - discontinued operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income (loss) Preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Capital Expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2019 Total Assets as of December 31, 2019 Goodwill as of December 31, 2019 $ $ CoRe Banking Mortgage Banking 2019 Financial Holding Company Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ 75,874 $ 8,342 $ 13 $ (1,868) $ 18,698 57,176 1,622 55,554 657 23,033 23,690 19,067 25,070 44,137 35,107 8,175 26,932 — — — 26,932 — 6,014 2,328 167 2,161 41,040 1,289 42,329 28,432 8,136 36,568 7,922 2,155 5,767 — — — 5,767 — 769 (756) — (756) — 6,268 6,268 8,676 4,851 13,527 (8,015) (1,880) (6,135) 575 148 427 (5,708) 479 (2,520) 652 — 652 (652) (7,031) (7,683) — (7,031) (7,031) — — — — — — — — 82,361 22,961 59,400 1,789 57,611 41,045 23,559 64,604 56,175 31,026 87,201 35,014 8,450 26,564 575 148 427 26,991 479 26,932 $ 5,767 $ (6,187) $ — $ 26,512 1,438 $ 112 $ 492 $ — $ 2,042 1,953,975 2,748 248,382 16,882 216,411 (474,564) 1,944,114 — — 19,630 118 (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest Income: Mortgage fee income Other income Total noninterest income Noninterest Expenses: Salaries and employee benefits Other expenses Total noninterest expenses Income (loss) before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (loss) Preferred stock dividends Net income (loss) available to common shareholders Capital Expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2018 Note 22 – Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) CoRe Banking Mortgage Banking 2018 Financial Holding Company Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ 63,762 $ 6,667 $ 5 $ (674) $ 13,667 50,095 2,386 47,709 585 6,479 7,064 14,924 20,081 35,005 19,768 4,265 4,085 2,582 54 2,528 32,880 (243) 32,637 23,927 8,608 32,535 2,630 677 1,756 (1,751) — (1,751) — 6,411 6,411 7,373 4,309 11,682 (7,022) (1,569) (1,802) 1,128 — 1,128 (1,128) (6,344) (7,472) — (6,344) (6,344) — — 69,760 17,706 52,054 2,440 49,614 32,337 6,303 38,640 46,224 26,654 72,878 15,376 3,373 $ $ $ 15,503 $ 1,953 $ (5,453) $ — $ 12,003 — — 489 — 489 15,503 $ 1,953 $ (5,942) $ — $ 11,514 2,284 $ 272 $ 137 $ — $ 2,693 (Dollars in thousands) 2020 First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter (Dollars in thousands) 2019 First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter Interest Income Net Interest Income Income Before Taxes Net Income Basic Diluted Earnings Per Share 20,699 $ 21,774 18,627 19,353 16,171 $ 18,458 16,510 17,687 1,227 $ 24,042 8,512 13,162 1,048 $ 18,034 6,491 11,838 0.08 $ 1.50 0.53 1.00 0.08 1.49 0.53 0.97 Interest Income Net Interest Income Income Before Taxes Net Income Basic Diluted Earnings Per Share 19,623 $ 20,470 21,038 21,230 13,972 $ 14,529 15,034 15,865 3,989 $ 20,526 5,668 5,406 3,192 $ 15,377 4,327 4,095 0.26 $ 1.31 0.36 0.34 0.26 1.18 0.35 0.32 $ $ Note 24 – Acquisitions and Divestitures The First State Bank Acquisition In April 2020, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC, as receiver for First State, providing 119 for the assumption by the Bank of certain liabilities and the purchase by the Bank of certain assets of First State. This was deemed to be a strategic opportunity to acquire deposits and certain assets of an institution that operated in counties contiguous to the Company's Southern WV market and further solidified the strategy for growth within core commercial markets. The Company has accounted for this acquisition under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, whereby the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded by the Company at their estimated fair values as of their acquisition date. Fair value estimates were based on management's acceptance of a fair market valuation analysis performed by an independent third-party firm. In first quarter 2020, the Bank submitted a bid to the FDIC which included a bid based upon acquiring loans at a discounted amount, and also assuming the deposits of First State with no deposit premium. The Bank was notified that it was the winning bidder in the process, and the net asset discount accepted by the FDIC was $33.2 million. Immediately after the closing of this transaction, the FDIC remitted these funds to the Bank. As part of this transaction, the Bank acquired three branch locations for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.5 million. Also included was other real estate owned (“OREO”) at 46.5% of the book value, along with deposits with an aggregate value of approximately $140.0 million, cash and investment securities of $37.0 million and loans with a book value of $83.5 million. Net proceeds received from the FDIC for the transaction were $39.6 million. Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgement in accounting for the acquisition of First State. Management judgmentally assigned risk ratings to loans based on appraisals and estimated collateral values, expected cash flows, prepayment speeds and estimated loss factors to measure fair values for the acquired loans. Premises and equipment was valued based on recent appraised values. Management used quoted or current market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities. These values are subject to change based on continued evaluations of appraisals and other loan-related assumptions. The statement of net assets acquired and the resulting bargain purchase gain recorded is presented in the following tables. As explained in the notes that accompany the following table, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at the acquisition date fair value. As recorded by The First State Bank Fair Value Adjustments As recorded by MVB (Dollars in thousands) Assets Cash and cash equivalents Investment securities - available-for-sale, at fair value Loans OREO Premises and equipment, net Accrued interest receivable and other assets Total Assets Liabilities Deposits - transaction accounts Deposits - certificates of deposit Total deposits FHLB and other borrowings Accrued interest payable and other liabilities $ 26,053 $ 10,964 83,514 22,610 1,582 2,234 — — (22,861) (a) (10,520) (b) (12) (c) 211 (d) 146,957 $ (33,182) $ $ 70,931 $ 69,029 139,960 5,800 411 — 2,560 (e) 2,560 — — 2,560 $ $ $ $ $ 26,053 10,964 60,653 12,090 1,570 2,445 113,775 70,931 71,589 142,520 5,800 411 148,731 (34,956) Total Liabilities $ 146,171 $ Net identifiable assets acquired over/(under) liabilities assumed $ 786 $ (35,742) (a) Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio and excludes the allowance for loan losses recorded by First State. (b) Adjustment reflects the fair value of OREO acquired. (c) Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustments based on the Company's evaluation of the acquired premises and equipment. (d) Adjustment reflects the recording of the core deposit intangible on the acquired deposit accounts and the fair value adjustment to other assets. (e) Adjustment arises since the interest rates paid on interest-bearing deposits where higher than rates available in the market on similar deposits as of the acquisition date. 120 The following table summarizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the First State acquisition as of the acquisition date, and the pre-tax bargain purchase gain of $4.7 million recognized on the transaction, which is included in gains on acquisition and divestiture activity in the consolidated statements of income. (Dollars in thousands) Assets acquired at fair value: Cash and cash equivalents Investment securities - available-for-sale, at fair value Loans OREO Premises and equipment, net Accrued interest receivable and other assets Total fair value of assets acquired Liabilities assumed at fair value: Deposits FHLB and other borrowings Accrued interest payable and other liabilities Total fair value of liabilities acquired $ $ $ $ 26,053 10,964 60,653 12,090 1,570 2,445 113,775 142,520 5,800 411 148,731 Net assets assumed at fair value Transaction cash consideration received from the FDIC Bargain purchase gain, before tax $ $ (34,956) 39,627 4,671 Acquired Loans The following table outlines the contractually required payments receivable, cash flows the Company expects to receive, non- accretable credit adjustments and the accretable yield for all First State loans as of the acquisition date: (Dollars in thousands) PCI loans Purchased performing loans Other purchased loans Total Contractually Required Payments Receivable Non-Accretable Credit Adjustments Cash Flows Expected to be Collected Accretable FMV Adjustments Carrying Value of Loans Receivable $ $ 86,823 $ 24,842 $ 61,981 $ 11,746 $ 12,818 1,978 2,561 — 10,257 1,978 1,817 — 101,619 $ 27,403 $ 74,216 $ 13,563 $ 50,235 8,440 1,978 60,653 The Company recorded all loans acquired at the estimated fair value on the purchase date, with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. On the acquisition date, the Company segmented the loan portfolio into six loan pools: performing commercial, performing commercial real estate, performing consumer and residential real estate, classified commercial, classified commercial real estate and classified consumer and residential real estate. Of the 934 loans acquired, 663 were determined to be of deteriorated credit and were accounted for under ASC 310-30 as PCI loans. The 271 remaining loans acquired were accounted for under ASC 310-20 as purchased performing loans. Other purchased loans include premium finance loans, credit cards and overdrawn escrow accounts. The Company had an independent third-party determine the net discounted value of cash flows on approximately 718 performing loans totaling $39.5 million. The valuation took into consideration the loans' underlying characteristics, including account types, remaining terms, annual interest rates, interest types, past delinquencies, timing of principal and interest payments, current market rates, loan to value ratios, loss exposures and remaining balances. These performing loans were segmented into pools based on loan and payment type and in some cases, risk grade. The Company established a credit risk-related non-accretable difference of $24.8 million relating to these acquired, credit- impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value. It further estimated the timing and amount of expected cash flows in excess of the estimated fair value and established an accretable discount adjustment of $11.7 million at acquisition relating to 121 these impaired loans. The following table discloses the impact of the acquisition of First State from the acquisition date through December 31, 2020. This table also presents certain pro forma information (net interest income and noninterest income and net income) as of the First State acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2019. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations had the acquisitions been effective as of these dates. Deal-related costs from the First State acquisition of $1.2 million have been excluded from the 12 month period of 2020 pro forma information presented below and included in the 12 month period of 2019 pro forma information below. The actual results and pro forma information were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2020: Actual First State results included in consolidated statement of income since acquisition date Supplemental consolidated pro forma as if First State had been acquired January 1, 2019 Year Ended December 31, Revenue Net Income $ $ 8,793 $ 157,180 $ 3,351 34,522 2019: Supplemental consolidated pro forma as if First State had been acquired January 1, 2019 $ 133,429 $ 29,290 Paladin, LLC Acquisition In April 2020, Paladin Fraud, LLC, a newly-formed West Virginia limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of MVB Bank, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Paladin Fraud, Paladin, LLC, a Washington limited liability company, James Houlihan and Jamon Whitehead. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Paladin Fraud acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Paladin and the purchase price of the transaction consisted of 19,278 unregistered shares of MVB common stock and an undisclosed amount of cash. Paladin is a respected leader in the fraud prevention industry and has formed a specialty niche that aligns well with the MVB as a preferred bank for Fintech companies. Divestiture of Four Eastern Panhandle, WV Branches In November 2019, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with Summit, pursuant to which Summit purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of three Bank branch locations in Berkeley County, WV and one Bank branch location in Jefferson County, WV. Upon closing, Summit assumed $188.1 million in deposits and acquired $36.8 million in loans, as well as cash, real property, personal property and other fixed assets. The Company recognized a gain of $9.6 million related to this transaction and was recorded in noninterest income for the in 2020. The completion of this sale resulted in the Company exiting the Eastern Panhandle, WV market. The Company closed this transaction in April 2020, and as such, no assets or liabilities of branches are classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2020. The Company recognized a gain on sale of banking centers of $9.6 million, which is included in gains on acquisition and divestiture activity. Assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed that were classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2019 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Loans Premises and equipment, net Assets of branches held-for-sale Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing deposits Deposits of branches held-for-sale Combination with Intercoastal As of December 31, 2019, 42,916 3,638 46,554 19,251 169,019 188,270 $ $ $ $ In July 2020, the Company completed the combination with Intercoastal to form ICM. The Bank contributed certain of its assets and in exchange received common units representing 47% of the common interest of ICM, as well as $7.5 million in preferred units. The Company has recognized its ownership as an equity method investment, initially recorded at fair value. The Company recognized a gain on this transaction of $3.3 million, which is included in gains on acquisition and divestiture activity. 122 Acquisition of Grand Software In August 2020, MVB Technology, LLC, a newly formed West Virginia limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Invest Forward, Inc., a Delaware corporation doing business as Grand. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, MVB Technology acquired the assets of Grand. The purchase price of the transaction consisted of cash totaling $1.0 million, plus the conversion of MVB’s note with Invest Forward. As of December 31, 2020, the assets acquired were recorded in premises and equipment with a balance of $1.3 million. Note 25 – Subsequent Event In January 2021, the Company redeemed all of its outstanding shares of series B convertible noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and all of its outstanding shares of series C convertible noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, at a redemption price per share equal to $10,000, plus declared and unpaid dividends of $46.03 per share of series B preferred stock, and $49.86 per share of series C preferred stock. Upon redemption, the Preferred Stock was no longer outstanding and all rights with respect to such stock ceased and terminated, except the right to payment of the redemption price. 123 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures As of December 31, 2020, the Company carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on the results of this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As permitted by SEC guidance, management excluded from its assessment the operations of the First State Bank acquisition made during 2020, which is described in Note 24 – Acquisitions and Divestitures accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Total assets of First State Bank constituted two percent of total assets and five percent of total revenue of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020. Such exclusion was in accordance with the SEC guidance that an assessment of a recently acquired business may be omitted in management’s report on internal controls over financial reporting, providing the acquisition took place within twelve months of management’s evaluation. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 5), or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. Management’s assessment did not identify any material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework in 2013. Because there were no material weaknesses discovered, management believes that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report and has issued a report on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, which report is included in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10- K. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting. 124 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Donald T. Robinson Donald T. Robinson Executive Vice President and CFO (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 125 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS This information is omitted from this report (with the exception of the equity compensation plan information, which is disclosed below) pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2020: Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Total Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options (a) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options (b) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) 947,988 $ N/A 947,988 $ 14.66 N/A 14.66 569,997 N/A 569,997 During 2020, 305,697 stock options under the Company’s equity compensation plan were exercised. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as the Company will file with the SEC its definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2020. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference. 126 ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES PART IV The following consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this report under Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Item 9A - Controls and Procedures. (a)(1) Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (b) Exhibits Exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are attached hereto. For a list of such exhibits, please refer to the “Exhibit Index” below. The Exhibit Index specifically identifies each management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 127 EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibit Number 2.1 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 Description Purchase and Assumption Agreement Whole Bank All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of The First State Bank, Barboursville, West Virginia, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and MVB Bank, Inc., dated as of April 3, 2020 Articles of Incorporation, as amended Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended Specimen of Stock Certificate representing MVB Financial Corp. Common Stock Form of Subscription Rights Certificate Description of Securities 10.1† MVB Financial Corp. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan 10.2† 10.3† 10.4 MVB Financial Corp. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended MVB Financial Corp. 2018 Annual Senior Executive Performance Incentive Plan Lease Agreement with Essex Properties, LLC for land occupied by Bridgeport Branch 10.5† Employment Agreement of Larry F. Mazza 10.6† Employment Agreement of Donald T. Robinson 10.7† Offer Letter for Donald T. Robinson 10.8† 10.9† 10.10† 10.11† 10.12 10.13 10.14 Investment Agreement between MVB Financial Corp. and Larry F. Mazza Third Addendum to the Employment Agreement with MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank, Inc. and H. Edward Dean, III, President and Chief Executive Officer of Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc. Fourth Addendum to the Employment Agreement with MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank, Inc. and H. Edward Dean, III, President and Chief Executive Officer of Potomac Mortgage Group, Inc. MVB Financial Corp. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated November 21, 2019, by and between MVB Bank and Summit Community Bank, Inc. Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2020, by and among MVB Financial Corp. and certain qualified institutional buyers Agreement, dated March 2, 2020, by and between the Bank, PMG, Intercoastal, H. Edward Dean, III, Tom Pyne, and Peter Cameron Exhibit Location Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed April 3, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein Annual Report Form 10-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed June 22, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form S-3 Registration Statement, File No. 333-228688, filed December 6, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 13, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Filed herewith Form SB-2 Registration Statement, File No. 333-120931, filed December 2, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein Form 10-K, File No. 001-38314, filed March 8, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed February 23, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form SB-2 Registration Statement, File No. 333-120931, filed December 2, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 1, 2021, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 1, 2021, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed December 3, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 13, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-50567, filed July 31, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-50567, filed July 31, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed March 27, 2018, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed November 22, 2019, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 0000-50567, filed November 30, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 3, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein 21 Subsidiaries of Registrant Filed herewith 128 23.1 24 31.1 31.2 32.1* Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Power of Attorney Certificate of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 Certificate of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 Certificate of Principal Executive Officer & Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Filed herewith Contained in signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith Filed herewith (*) In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. (†) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 129 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: March 9, 2021 MVB Financial Corp. By: /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES Know all persons by the presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Larry F. Mazza and/ or Donald T. Robinson, and either of them, as attorney-in-fact, with each having the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign in his or her name and on his or her behalf, any amendment to this Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. /s/ Larry F. Mazza Larry F. Mazza, President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Donald T. Robinson Donald T. Robinson, Executive Vice President and CFO (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) /s/ David B. Alvarez David B. Alvarez, Chairman /s/ W. Marston Becker W. Marston Becker, Director /s/ John W. Ebert John W. Ebert, Director /s/ Daniel W. Holt Daniel W. Holt, Director /s/ Gary A. LeDonne Gary A. LeDonne, Director /s/ Kelly R. Nelson Kelly R. Nelson, Director /s/ J. Christopher Pallotta J. Christopher Pallotta, Director /s/ Anna J. Sainsbury Anna J. Sainsbury, Director /s/ Cheryl D. Spielman Cheryl D. Spielman, Director 130 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Date: March 9, 2021 Mvbbanking.com

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above